1 /* Global common subexpression elimination/Partial redundancy elimination
2    and global constant/copy propagation for GNU compiler.
3    Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
4    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 
6 This file is part of GCC.
7 
8 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
9 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
10 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
11 version.
12 
13 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
14 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
15 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
16 for more details.
17 
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
20 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
21 02111-1307, USA.  */
22 
23 /* TODO
24    - reordering of memory allocation and freeing to be more space efficient
25    - do rough calc of how many regs are needed in each block, and a rough
26      calc of how many regs are available in each class and use that to
27      throttle back the code in cases where RTX_COST is minimal.
28    - a store to the same address as a load does not kill the load if the
29      source of the store is also the destination of the load.  Handling this
30      allows more load motion, particularly out of loops.
31    - ability to realloc sbitmap vectors would allow one initial computation
32      of reg_set_in_block with only subsequent additions, rather than
33      recomputing it for each pass
34 
35 */
36 
37 /* References searched while implementing this.
38 
39    Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools
40    Aho, Sethi, Ullman
41    Addison-Wesley, 1988
42 
43    Global Optimization by Suppression of Partial Redundancies
44    E. Morel, C. Renvoise
45    communications of the acm, Vol. 22, Num. 2, Feb. 1979
46 
47    A Portable Machine-Independent Global Optimizer - Design and Measurements
48    Frederick Chow
49    Stanford Ph.D. thesis, Dec. 1983
50 
51    A Fast Algorithm for Code Movement Optimization
52    D.M. Dhamdhere
53    SIGPLAN Notices, Vol. 23, Num. 10, Oct. 1988
54 
55    A Solution to a Problem with Morel and Renvoise's
56    Global Optimization by Suppression of Partial Redundancies
57    K-H Drechsler, M.P. Stadel
58    ACM TOPLAS, Vol. 10, Num. 4, Oct. 1988
59 
60    Practical Adaptation of the Global Optimization
61    Algorithm of Morel and Renvoise
62    D.M. Dhamdhere
63    ACM TOPLAS, Vol. 13, Num. 2. Apr. 1991
64 
65    Efficiently Computing Static Single Assignment Form and the Control
66    Dependence Graph
67    R. Cytron, J. Ferrante, B.K. Rosen, M.N. Wegman, and F.K. Zadeck
68    ACM TOPLAS, Vol. 13, Num. 4, Oct. 1991
69 
70    Lazy Code Motion
71    J. Knoop, O. Ruthing, B. Steffen
72    ACM SIGPLAN Notices Vol. 27, Num. 7, Jul. 1992, '92 Conference on PLDI
73 
74    What's In a Region?  Or Computing Control Dependence Regions in Near-Linear
75    Time for Reducible Flow Control
76    Thomas Ball
77    ACM Letters on Programming Languages and Systems,
78    Vol. 2, Num. 1-4, Mar-Dec 1993
79 
80    An Efficient Representation for Sparse Sets
81    Preston Briggs, Linda Torczon
82    ACM Letters on Programming Languages and Systems,
83    Vol. 2, Num. 1-4, Mar-Dec 1993
84 
85    A Variation of Knoop, Ruthing, and Steffen's Lazy Code Motion
86    K-H Drechsler, M.P. Stadel
87    ACM SIGPLAN Notices, Vol. 28, Num. 5, May 1993
88 
89    Partial Dead Code Elimination
90    J. Knoop, O. Ruthing, B. Steffen
91    ACM SIGPLAN Notices, Vol. 29, Num. 6, Jun. 1994
92 
93    Effective Partial Redundancy Elimination
94    P. Briggs, K.D. Cooper
95    ACM SIGPLAN Notices, Vol. 29, Num. 6, Jun. 1994
96 
97    The Program Structure Tree: Computing Control Regions in Linear Time
98    R. Johnson, D. Pearson, K. Pingali
99    ACM SIGPLAN Notices, Vol. 29, Num. 6, Jun. 1994
100 
101    Optimal Code Motion: Theory and Practice
102    J. Knoop, O. Ruthing, B. Steffen
103    ACM TOPLAS, Vol. 16, Num. 4, Jul. 1994
104 
105    The power of assignment motion
106    J. Knoop, O. Ruthing, B. Steffen
107    ACM SIGPLAN Notices Vol. 30, Num. 6, Jun. 1995, '95 Conference on PLDI
108 
109    Global code motion / global value numbering
110    C. Click
111    ACM SIGPLAN Notices Vol. 30, Num. 6, Jun. 1995, '95 Conference on PLDI
112 
113    Value Driven Redundancy Elimination
114    L.T. Simpson
115    Rice University Ph.D. thesis, Apr. 1996
116 
117    Value Numbering
118    L.T. Simpson
119    Massively Scalar Compiler Project, Rice University, Sep. 1996
120 
121    High Performance Compilers for Parallel Computing
122    Michael Wolfe
123    Addison-Wesley, 1996
124 
125    Advanced Compiler Design and Implementation
126    Steven Muchnick
127    Morgan Kaufmann, 1997
128 
129    Building an Optimizing Compiler
130    Robert Morgan
131    Digital Press, 1998
132 
133    People wishing to speed up the code here should read:
134      Elimination Algorithms for Data Flow Analysis
135      B.G. Ryder, M.C. Paull
136      ACM Computing Surveys, Vol. 18, Num. 3, Sep. 1986
137 
138      How to Analyze Large Programs Efficiently and Informatively
139      D.M. Dhamdhere, B.K. Rosen, F.K. Zadeck
140      ACM SIGPLAN Notices Vol. 27, Num. 7, Jul. 1992, '92 Conference on PLDI
141 
142    People wishing to do something different can find various possibilities
143    in the above papers and elsewhere.
144 */
145 
146 #include "config.h"
147 #include "system.h"
148 #include "coretypes.h"
149 #include "tm.h"
150 #include "toplev.h"
151 
152 #include "rtl.h"
153 #include "tree.h"
154 #include "tm_p.h"
155 #include "regs.h"
156 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
157 #include "flags.h"
158 #include "real.h"
159 #include "insn-config.h"
160 #include "recog.h"
161 #include "basic-block.h"
162 #include "output.h"
163 #include "function.h"
164 #include "expr.h"
165 #include "except.h"
166 #include "ggc.h"
167 #include "params.h"
168 #include "cselib.h"
169 #include "intl.h"
170 #include "obstack.h"
171 
172 /* Propagate flow information through back edges and thus enable PRE's
173    moving loop invariant calculations out of loops.
174 
175    Originally this tended to create worse overall code, but several
176    improvements during the development of PRE seem to have made following
177    back edges generally a win.
178 
179    Note much of the loop invariant code motion done here would normally
180    be done by loop.c, which has more heuristics for when to move invariants
181    out of loops.  At some point we might need to move some of those
182    heuristics into gcse.c.  */
183 
184 /* We support GCSE via Partial Redundancy Elimination.  PRE optimizations
185    are a superset of those done by GCSE.
186 
187    We perform the following steps:
188 
189    1) Compute basic block information.
190 
191    2) Compute table of places where registers are set.
192 
193    3) Perform copy/constant propagation.
194 
195    4) Perform global cse.
196 
197    5) Perform another pass of copy/constant propagation.
198 
199    Two passes of copy/constant propagation are done because the first one
200    enables more GCSE and the second one helps to clean up the copies that
201    GCSE creates.  This is needed more for PRE than for Classic because Classic
202    GCSE will try to use an existing register containing the common
203    subexpression rather than create a new one.  This is harder to do for PRE
204    because of the code motion (which Classic GCSE doesn't do).
205 
206    Expressions we are interested in GCSE-ing are of the form
207    (set (pseudo-reg) (expression)).
208    Function want_to_gcse_p says what these are.
209 
210    PRE handles moving invariant expressions out of loops (by treating them as
211    partially redundant).
212 
213    Eventually it would be nice to replace cse.c/gcse.c with SSA (static single
214    assignment) based GVN (global value numbering).  L. T. Simpson's paper
215    (Rice University) on value numbering is a useful reference for this.
216 
217    **********************
218 
219    We used to support multiple passes but there are diminishing returns in
220    doing so.  The first pass usually makes 90% of the changes that are doable.
221    A second pass can make a few more changes made possible by the first pass.
222    Experiments show any further passes don't make enough changes to justify
223    the expense.
224 
225    A study of spec92 using an unlimited number of passes:
226    [1 pass] = 1208 substitutions, [2] = 577, [3] = 202, [4] = 192, [5] = 83,
227    [6] = 34, [7] = 17, [8] = 9, [9] = 4, [10] = 4, [11] = 2,
228    [12] = 2, [13] = 1, [15] = 1, [16] = 2, [41] = 1
229 
230    It was found doing copy propagation between each pass enables further
231    substitutions.
232 
233    PRE is quite expensive in complicated functions because the DFA can take
234    awhile to converge.  Hence we only perform one pass.  The parameter max-gcse-passes can
235    be modified if one wants to experiment.
236 
237    **********************
238 
239    The steps for PRE are:
240 
241    1) Build the hash table of expressions we wish to GCSE (expr_hash_table).
242 
243    2) Perform the data flow analysis for PRE.
244 
245    3) Delete the redundant instructions
246 
247    4) Insert the required copies [if any] that make the partially
248       redundant instructions fully redundant.
249 
250    5) For other reaching expressions, insert an instruction to copy the value
251       to a newly created pseudo that will reach the redundant instruction.
252 
253    The deletion is done first so that when we do insertions we
254    know which pseudo reg to use.
255 
256    Various papers have argued that PRE DFA is expensive (O(n^2)) and others
257    argue it is not.  The number of iterations for the algorithm to converge
258    is typically 2-4 so I don't view it as that expensive (relatively speaking).
259 
260    PRE GCSE depends heavily on the second CSE pass to clean up the copies
261    we create.  To make an expression reach the place where it's redundant,
262    the result of the expression is copied to a new register, and the redundant
263    expression is deleted by replacing it with this new register.  Classic GCSE
264    doesn't have this problem as much as it computes the reaching defs of
265    each register in each block and thus can try to use an existing register.
266 
267    **********************
268 
269    A fair bit of simplicity is created by creating small functions for simple
270    tasks, even when the function is only called in one place.  This may
271    measurably slow things down [or may not] by creating more function call
272    overhead than is necessary.  The source is laid out so that it's trivial
273    to make the affected functions inline so that one can measure what speed
274    up, if any, can be achieved, and maybe later when things settle things can
275    be rearranged.
276 
277    Help stamp out big monolithic functions!  */
278 
279 /* GCSE global vars.  */
280 
281 /* -dG dump file.  */
282 static FILE *gcse_file;
283 
284 /* Note whether or not we should run jump optimization after gcse.  We
285    want to do this for two cases.
286 
287     * If we changed any jumps via cprop.
288 
289     * If we added any labels via edge splitting.  */
290 
291 static int run_jump_opt_after_gcse;
292 
293 /* Bitmaps are normally not included in debugging dumps.
294    However it's useful to be able to print them from GDB.
295    We could create special functions for this, but it's simpler to
296    just allow passing stderr to the dump_foo fns.  Since stderr can
297    be a macro, we store a copy here.  */
298 static FILE *debug_stderr;
299 
300 /* An obstack for our working variables.  */
301 static struct obstack gcse_obstack;
302 
303 struct reg_use {rtx reg_rtx; };
304 
305 /* Hash table of expressions.  */
306 
307 struct expr
308 {
309   /* The expression (SET_SRC for expressions, PATTERN for assignments).  */
310   rtx expr;
311   /* Index in the available expression bitmaps.  */
312   int bitmap_index;
313   /* Next entry with the same hash.  */
314   struct expr *next_same_hash;
315   /* List of anticipatable occurrences in basic blocks in the function.
316      An "anticipatable occurrence" is one that is the first occurrence in the
317      basic block, the operands are not modified in the basic block prior
318      to the occurrence and the output is not used between the start of
319      the block and the occurrence.  */
320   struct occr *antic_occr;
321   /* List of available occurrence in basic blocks in the function.
322      An "available occurrence" is one that is the last occurrence in the
323      basic block and the operands are not modified by following statements in
324      the basic block [including this insn].  */
325   struct occr *avail_occr;
326   /* Non-null if the computation is PRE redundant.
327      The value is the newly created pseudo-reg to record a copy of the
328      expression in all the places that reach the redundant copy.  */
329   rtx reaching_reg;
330 };
331 
332 /* Occurrence of an expression.
333    There is one per basic block.  If a pattern appears more than once the
334    last appearance is used [or first for anticipatable expressions].  */
335 
336 struct occr
337 {
338   /* Next occurrence of this expression.  */
339   struct occr *next;
340   /* The insn that computes the expression.  */
341   rtx insn;
342   /* Nonzero if this [anticipatable] occurrence has been deleted.  */
343   char deleted_p;
344   /* Nonzero if this [available] occurrence has been copied to
345      reaching_reg.  */
346   /* ??? This is mutually exclusive with deleted_p, so they could share
347      the same byte.  */
348   char copied_p;
349 };
350 
351 /* Expression and copy propagation hash tables.
352    Each hash table is an array of buckets.
353    ??? It is known that if it were an array of entries, structure elements
354    `next_same_hash' and `bitmap_index' wouldn't be necessary.  However, it is
355    not clear whether in the final analysis a sufficient amount of memory would
356    be saved as the size of the available expression bitmaps would be larger
357    [one could build a mapping table without holes afterwards though].
358    Someday I'll perform the computation and figure it out.  */
359 
360 struct hash_table
361 {
362   /* The table itself.
363      This is an array of `expr_hash_table_size' elements.  */
364   struct expr **table;
365 
366   /* Size of the hash table, in elements.  */
367   unsigned int size;
368 
369   /* Number of hash table elements.  */
370   unsigned int n_elems;
371 
372   /* Whether the table is expression of copy propagation one.  */
373   int set_p;
374 };
375 
376 /* Expression hash table.  */
377 static struct hash_table expr_hash_table;
378 
379 /* Copy propagation hash table.  */
380 static struct hash_table set_hash_table;
381 
382 /* Mapping of uids to cuids.
383    Only real insns get cuids.  */
384 static int *uid_cuid;
385 
386 /* Highest UID in UID_CUID.  */
387 static int max_uid;
388 
389 /* Get the cuid of an insn.  */
390 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
391 #define INSN_CUID(INSN) (INSN_UID (INSN) > max_uid ? (abort (), 0) : uid_cuid[INSN_UID (INSN)])
392 #else
393 #define INSN_CUID(INSN) (uid_cuid[INSN_UID (INSN)])
394 #endif
395 
396 /* Number of cuids.  */
397 static int max_cuid;
398 
399 /* Mapping of cuids to insns.  */
400 static rtx *cuid_insn;
401 
402 /* Get insn from cuid.  */
403 #define CUID_INSN(CUID) (cuid_insn[CUID])
404 
405 /* Maximum register number in function prior to doing gcse + 1.
406    Registers created during this pass have regno >= max_gcse_regno.
407    This is named with "gcse" to not collide with global of same name.  */
408 static unsigned int max_gcse_regno;
409 
410 /* Table of registers that are modified.
411 
412    For each register, each element is a list of places where the pseudo-reg
413    is set.
414 
415    For simplicity, GCSE is done on sets of pseudo-regs only.  PRE GCSE only
416    requires knowledge of which blocks kill which regs [and thus could use
417    a bitmap instead of the lists `reg_set_table' uses].
418 
419    `reg_set_table' and could be turned into an array of bitmaps (num-bbs x
420    num-regs) [however perhaps it may be useful to keep the data as is].  One
421    advantage of recording things this way is that `reg_set_table' is fairly
422    sparse with respect to pseudo regs but for hard regs could be fairly dense
423    [relatively speaking].  And recording sets of pseudo-regs in lists speeds
424    up functions like compute_transp since in the case of pseudo-regs we only
425    need to iterate over the number of times a pseudo-reg is set, not over the
426    number of basic blocks [clearly there is a bit of a slow down in the cases
427    where a pseudo is set more than once in a block, however it is believed
428    that the net effect is to speed things up].  This isn't done for hard-regs
429    because recording call-clobbered hard-regs in `reg_set_table' at each
430    function call can consume a fair bit of memory, and iterating over
431    hard-regs stored this way in compute_transp will be more expensive.  */
432 
433 typedef struct reg_set
434 {
435   /* The next setting of this register.  */
436   struct reg_set *next;
437   /* The insn where it was set.  */
438   rtx insn;
439 } reg_set;
440 
441 static reg_set **reg_set_table;
442 
443 /* Size of `reg_set_table'.
444    The table starts out at max_gcse_regno + slop, and is enlarged as
445    necessary.  */
446 static int reg_set_table_size;
447 
448 /* Amount to grow `reg_set_table' by when it's full.  */
449 #define REG_SET_TABLE_SLOP 100
450 
451 /* This is a list of expressions which are MEMs and will be used by load
452    or store motion.
453    Load motion tracks MEMs which aren't killed by
454    anything except itself. (ie, loads and stores to a single location).
455    We can then allow movement of these MEM refs with a little special
456    allowance. (all stores copy the same value to the reaching reg used
457    for the loads).  This means all values used to store into memory must have
458    no side effects so we can re-issue the setter value.
459    Store Motion uses this structure as an expression table to track stores
460    which look interesting, and might be moveable towards the exit block.  */
461 
462 struct ls_expr
463 {
464   struct expr * expr;		/* Gcse expression reference for LM.  */
465   rtx pattern;			/* Pattern of this mem.  */
466   rtx pattern_regs;		/* List of registers mentioned by the mem.  */
467   rtx loads;			/* INSN list of loads seen.  */
468   rtx stores;			/* INSN list of stores seen.  */
469   struct ls_expr * next;	/* Next in the list.  */
470   int invalid;			/* Invalid for some reason.  */
471   int index;			/* If it maps to a bitmap index.  */
472   unsigned int hash_index;	/* Index when in a hash table.  */
473   rtx reaching_reg;		/* Register to use when re-writing.  */
474 };
475 
476 /* Array of implicit set patterns indexed by basic block index.  */
477 static rtx *implicit_sets;
478 
479 /* Head of the list of load/store memory refs.  */
480 static struct ls_expr * pre_ldst_mems = NULL;
481 
482 /* Bitmap containing one bit for each register in the program.
483    Used when performing GCSE to track which registers have been set since
484    the start of the basic block.  */
485 static regset reg_set_bitmap;
486 
487 /* For each block, a bitmap of registers set in the block.
488    This is used by expr_killed_p and compute_transp.
489    It is computed during hash table computation and not by compute_sets
490    as it includes registers added since the last pass (or between cprop and
491    gcse) and it's currently not easy to realloc sbitmap vectors.  */
492 static sbitmap *reg_set_in_block;
493 
494 /* Array, indexed by basic block number for a list of insns which modify
495    memory within that block.  */
496 static rtx * modify_mem_list;
497 bitmap modify_mem_list_set;
498 
499 /* This array parallels modify_mem_list, but is kept canonicalized.  */
500 static rtx * canon_modify_mem_list;
501 bitmap canon_modify_mem_list_set;
502 /* Various variables for statistics gathering.  */
503 
504 /* Memory used in a pass.
505    This isn't intended to be absolutely precise.  Its intent is only
506    to keep an eye on memory usage.  */
507 static int bytes_used;
508 
509 /* GCSE substitutions made.  */
510 static int gcse_subst_count;
511 /* Number of copy instructions created.  */
512 static int gcse_create_count;
513 /* Number of constants propagated.  */
514 static int const_prop_count;
515 /* Number of copys propagated.  */
516 static int copy_prop_count;
517 
518 /* These variables are used by classic GCSE.
519    Normally they'd be defined a bit later, but `rd_gen' needs to
520    be declared sooner.  */
521 
522 /* Each block has a bitmap of each type.
523    The length of each blocks bitmap is:
524 
525        max_cuid  - for reaching definitions
526        n_exprs - for available expressions
527 
528    Thus we view the bitmaps as 2 dimensional arrays.  i.e.
529    rd_kill[block_num][cuid_num]
530    ae_kill[block_num][expr_num]			 */
531 
532 /* For reaching defs */
533 static sbitmap *rd_kill, *rd_gen, *reaching_defs, *rd_out;
534 
535 /* for available exprs */
536 static sbitmap *ae_kill, *ae_gen, *ae_in, *ae_out;
537 
538 /* Objects of this type are passed around by the null-pointer check
539    removal routines.  */
540 struct null_pointer_info
541 {
542   /* The basic block being processed.  */
543   basic_block current_block;
544   /* The first register to be handled in this pass.  */
545   unsigned int min_reg;
546   /* One greater than the last register to be handled in this pass.  */
547   unsigned int max_reg;
548   sbitmap *nonnull_local;
549   sbitmap *nonnull_killed;
550 };
551 
552 static void compute_can_copy (void);
553 static void *gmalloc (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC;
554 static void *gcalloc (size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC;
555 static void *grealloc (void *, size_t);
556 static void *gcse_alloc (unsigned long);
557 static void alloc_gcse_mem (rtx);
558 static void free_gcse_mem (void);
559 static void alloc_reg_set_mem (int);
560 static void free_reg_set_mem (void);
561 static int get_bitmap_width (int, int, int);
562 static void record_one_set (int, rtx);
563 static void replace_one_set (int, rtx, rtx);
564 static void record_set_info (rtx, rtx, void *);
565 static void compute_sets (rtx);
566 static void hash_scan_insn (rtx, struct hash_table *, int);
567 static void hash_scan_set (rtx, rtx, struct hash_table *);
568 static void hash_scan_clobber (rtx, rtx, struct hash_table *);
569 static void hash_scan_call (rtx, rtx, struct hash_table *);
570 static int want_to_gcse_p (rtx);
571 static bool gcse_constant_p (rtx);
572 static int oprs_unchanged_p (rtx, rtx, int);
573 static int oprs_anticipatable_p (rtx, rtx);
574 static int oprs_available_p (rtx, rtx);
575 static void insert_expr_in_table (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx, int, int,
576 				  struct hash_table *);
577 static void insert_set_in_table (rtx, rtx, struct hash_table *);
578 static unsigned int hash_expr (rtx, enum machine_mode, int *, int);
579 static unsigned int hash_expr_1 (rtx, enum machine_mode, int *);
580 static unsigned int hash_string_1 (const char *);
581 static unsigned int hash_set (int, int);
582 static int expr_equiv_p (rtx, rtx);
583 static void record_last_reg_set_info (rtx, int);
584 static void record_last_mem_set_info (rtx);
585 static void record_last_set_info (rtx, rtx, void *);
586 static void compute_hash_table (struct hash_table *);
587 static void alloc_hash_table (int, struct hash_table *, int);
588 static void free_hash_table (struct hash_table *);
589 static void compute_hash_table_work (struct hash_table *);
590 static void dump_hash_table (FILE *, const char *, struct hash_table *);
591 static struct expr *lookup_expr (rtx, struct hash_table *);
592 static struct expr *lookup_set (unsigned int, struct hash_table *);
593 static struct expr *next_set (unsigned int, struct expr *);
594 static void reset_opr_set_tables (void);
595 static int oprs_not_set_p (rtx, rtx);
596 static void mark_call (rtx);
597 static void mark_set (rtx, rtx);
598 static void mark_clobber (rtx, rtx);
599 static void mark_oprs_set (rtx);
600 static void alloc_cprop_mem (int, int);
601 static void free_cprop_mem (void);
602 static void compute_transp (rtx, int, sbitmap *, int);
603 static void compute_transpout (void);
604 static void compute_local_properties (sbitmap *, sbitmap *, sbitmap *,
605 				      struct hash_table *);
606 static void compute_cprop_data (void);
607 static void find_used_regs (rtx *, void *);
608 static int try_replace_reg (rtx, rtx, rtx);
609 static struct expr *find_avail_set (int, rtx);
610 static int cprop_jump (basic_block, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
611 static void mems_conflict_for_gcse_p (rtx, rtx, void *);
612 static int load_killed_in_block_p (basic_block, int, rtx, int);
613 static void canon_list_insert (rtx, rtx, void *);
614 static int cprop_insn (rtx, int);
615 static int cprop (int);
616 static void find_implicit_sets (void);
617 static int one_cprop_pass (int, int, int);
618 static bool constprop_register (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
619 static struct expr *find_bypass_set (int, int);
620 static bool reg_killed_on_edge (rtx, edge);
621 static int bypass_block (basic_block, rtx, rtx);
622 static int bypass_conditional_jumps (void);
623 static void alloc_pre_mem (int, int);
624 static void free_pre_mem (void);
625 static void compute_pre_data (void);
626 static int pre_expr_reaches_here_p (basic_block, struct expr *,
627 				    basic_block);
628 static void insert_insn_end_bb (struct expr *, basic_block, int);
629 static void pre_insert_copy_insn (struct expr *, rtx);
630 static void pre_insert_copies (void);
631 static int pre_delete (void);
632 static int pre_gcse (void);
633 static int one_pre_gcse_pass (int);
634 static void add_label_notes (rtx, rtx);
635 static void alloc_code_hoist_mem (int, int);
636 static void free_code_hoist_mem (void);
637 static void compute_code_hoist_vbeinout (void);
638 static void compute_code_hoist_data (void);
639 static int hoist_expr_reaches_here_p (basic_block, int, basic_block, char *);
640 static void hoist_code (void);
641 static int one_code_hoisting_pass (void);
642 static void alloc_rd_mem (int, int);
643 static void free_rd_mem (void);
644 static void handle_rd_kill_set (rtx, int, basic_block);
645 static void compute_kill_rd (void);
646 static void compute_rd (void);
647 static void alloc_avail_expr_mem (int, int);
648 static void free_avail_expr_mem (void);
649 static void compute_ae_gen (struct hash_table *);
650 static int expr_killed_p (rtx, basic_block);
651 static void compute_ae_kill (sbitmap *, sbitmap *, struct hash_table *);
652 static int expr_reaches_here_p (struct occr *, struct expr *, basic_block,
653 				int);
654 static rtx computing_insn (struct expr *, rtx);
655 static int def_reaches_here_p (rtx, rtx);
656 static int can_disregard_other_sets (struct reg_set **, rtx, int);
657 static int handle_avail_expr (rtx, struct expr *);
658 static int classic_gcse (void);
659 static int one_classic_gcse_pass (int);
660 static void invalidate_nonnull_info (rtx, rtx, void *);
661 static int delete_null_pointer_checks_1 (unsigned int *, sbitmap *, sbitmap *,
662 					 struct null_pointer_info *);
663 static rtx process_insert_insn (struct expr *);
664 static int pre_edge_insert (struct edge_list *, struct expr **);
665 static int expr_reaches_here_p_work (struct occr *, struct expr *,
666 				     basic_block, int, char *);
667 static int pre_expr_reaches_here_p_work (basic_block, struct expr *,
668 					 basic_block, char *);
669 static struct ls_expr * ldst_entry (rtx);
670 static void free_ldst_entry (struct ls_expr *);
671 static void free_ldst_mems (void);
672 static void print_ldst_list (FILE *);
673 static struct ls_expr * find_rtx_in_ldst (rtx);
674 static int enumerate_ldsts (void);
675 static inline struct ls_expr * first_ls_expr (void);
676 static inline struct ls_expr * next_ls_expr (struct ls_expr *);
677 static int simple_mem (rtx);
678 static void invalidate_any_buried_refs (rtx);
679 static void compute_ld_motion_mems (void);
680 static void trim_ld_motion_mems (void);
681 static void update_ld_motion_stores (struct expr *);
682 static void reg_set_info (rtx, rtx, void *);
683 static void reg_clear_last_set (rtx, rtx, void *);
684 static bool store_ops_ok (rtx, int *);
685 static rtx extract_mentioned_regs (rtx);
686 static rtx extract_mentioned_regs_helper (rtx, rtx);
687 static void find_moveable_store (rtx, int *, int *);
688 static int compute_store_table (void);
689 static bool load_kills_store (rtx, rtx, int);
690 static bool find_loads (rtx, rtx, int);
691 static bool store_killed_in_insn (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
692 static bool store_killed_after (rtx, rtx, rtx, basic_block, int *, rtx *);
693 static bool store_killed_before (rtx, rtx, rtx, basic_block, int *);
694 static void build_store_vectors (void);
695 static void insert_insn_start_bb (rtx, basic_block);
696 static int insert_store (struct ls_expr *, edge);
697 static void remove_reachable_equiv_notes (basic_block, struct ls_expr *);
698 static void replace_store_insn (rtx, rtx, basic_block, struct ls_expr *);
699 static void delete_store (struct ls_expr *, basic_block);
700 static void free_store_memory (void);
701 static void store_motion (void);
702 static void free_insn_expr_list_list (rtx *);
703 static void clear_modify_mem_tables (void);
704 static void free_modify_mem_tables (void);
705 static rtx gcse_emit_move_after (rtx, rtx, rtx);
706 static void local_cprop_find_used_regs (rtx *, void *);
707 static bool do_local_cprop (rtx, rtx, int, rtx*);
708 static bool adjust_libcall_notes (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx*);
709 static void local_cprop_pass (int);
710 static bool is_too_expensive (const char *);
711 
712 
713 /* Entry point for global common subexpression elimination.
714    F is the first instruction in the function.  */
715 
716 int
gcse_main(rtx f,FILE * file)717 gcse_main (rtx f, FILE *file)
718 {
719   int changed, pass;
720   /* Bytes used at start of pass.  */
721   int initial_bytes_used;
722   /* Maximum number of bytes used by a pass.  */
723   int max_pass_bytes;
724   /* Point to release obstack data from for each pass.  */
725   char *gcse_obstack_bottom;
726 
727   /* We do not construct an accurate cfg in functions which call
728      setjmp, so just punt to be safe.  */
729   if (current_function_calls_setjmp)
730     return 0;
731 
732   /* Assume that we do not need to run jump optimizations after gcse.  */
733   run_jump_opt_after_gcse = 0;
734 
735   /* For calling dump_foo fns from gdb.  */
736   debug_stderr = stderr;
737   gcse_file = file;
738 
739   /* Identify the basic block information for this function, including
740      successors and predecessors.  */
741   max_gcse_regno = max_reg_num ();
742 
743   if (file)
744     dump_flow_info (file);
745 
746   /* Return if there's nothing to do, or it is too expensive.  */
747   if (n_basic_blocks <= 1 || is_too_expensive (_("GCSE disabled")))
748     return 0;
749 
750   gcc_obstack_init (&gcse_obstack);
751   bytes_used = 0;
752 
753   /* We need alias.  */
754   init_alias_analysis ();
755   /* Record where pseudo-registers are set.  This data is kept accurate
756      during each pass.  ??? We could also record hard-reg information here
757      [since it's unchanging], however it is currently done during hash table
758      computation.
759 
760      It may be tempting to compute MEM set information here too, but MEM sets
761      will be subject to code motion one day and thus we need to compute
762      information about memory sets when we build the hash tables.  */
763 
764   alloc_reg_set_mem (max_gcse_regno);
765   compute_sets (f);
766 
767   pass = 0;
768   initial_bytes_used = bytes_used;
769   max_pass_bytes = 0;
770   gcse_obstack_bottom = gcse_alloc (1);
771   changed = 1;
772   while (changed && pass < MAX_GCSE_PASSES)
773     {
774       changed = 0;
775       if (file)
776 	fprintf (file, "GCSE pass %d\n\n", pass + 1);
777 
778       /* Initialize bytes_used to the space for the pred/succ lists,
779 	 and the reg_set_table data.  */
780       bytes_used = initial_bytes_used;
781 
782       /* Each pass may create new registers, so recalculate each time.  */
783       max_gcse_regno = max_reg_num ();
784 
785       alloc_gcse_mem (f);
786 
787       /* Don't allow constant propagation to modify jumps
788 	 during this pass.  */
789       changed = one_cprop_pass (pass + 1, 0, 0);
790 
791       if (optimize_size)
792 	changed |= one_classic_gcse_pass (pass + 1);
793       else
794 	{
795 	  changed |= one_pre_gcse_pass (pass + 1);
796 	  /* We may have just created new basic blocks.  Release and
797 	     recompute various things which are sized on the number of
798 	     basic blocks.  */
799 	  if (changed)
800 	    {
801 	      free_modify_mem_tables ();
802 	      modify_mem_list = gcalloc (last_basic_block, sizeof (rtx));
803 	      canon_modify_mem_list = gcalloc (last_basic_block, sizeof (rtx));
804 	    }
805 	  free_reg_set_mem ();
806 	  alloc_reg_set_mem (max_reg_num ());
807 	  compute_sets (f);
808 	  run_jump_opt_after_gcse = 1;
809 	}
810 
811       if (max_pass_bytes < bytes_used)
812 	max_pass_bytes = bytes_used;
813 
814       /* Free up memory, then reallocate for code hoisting.  We can
815 	 not re-use the existing allocated memory because the tables
816 	 will not have info for the insns or registers created by
817 	 partial redundancy elimination.  */
818       free_gcse_mem ();
819 
820       /* It does not make sense to run code hoisting unless we are optimizing
821 	 for code size -- it rarely makes programs faster, and can make
822 	 them bigger if we did partial redundancy elimination (when optimizing
823 	 for space, we use a classic gcse algorithm instead of partial
824 	 redundancy algorithms).  */
825       if (optimize_size)
826 	{
827 	  max_gcse_regno = max_reg_num ();
828 	  alloc_gcse_mem (f);
829 	  changed |= one_code_hoisting_pass ();
830 	  free_gcse_mem ();
831 
832 	  if (max_pass_bytes < bytes_used)
833 	    max_pass_bytes = bytes_used;
834 	}
835 
836       if (file)
837 	{
838 	  fprintf (file, "\n");
839 	  fflush (file);
840 	}
841 
842       obstack_free (&gcse_obstack, gcse_obstack_bottom);
843       pass++;
844     }
845 
846   /* Do one last pass of copy propagation, including cprop into
847      conditional jumps.  */
848 
849   max_gcse_regno = max_reg_num ();
850   alloc_gcse_mem (f);
851   /* This time, go ahead and allow cprop to alter jumps.  */
852   one_cprop_pass (pass + 1, 1, 0);
853   free_gcse_mem ();
854 
855   if (file)
856     {
857       fprintf (file, "GCSE of %s: %d basic blocks, ",
858 	       current_function_name (), n_basic_blocks);
859       fprintf (file, "%d pass%s, %d bytes\n\n",
860 	       pass, pass > 1 ? "es" : "", max_pass_bytes);
861     }
862 
863   obstack_free (&gcse_obstack, NULL);
864   free_reg_set_mem ();
865   /* We are finished with alias.  */
866   end_alias_analysis ();
867   allocate_reg_info (max_reg_num (), FALSE, FALSE);
868 
869   if (!optimize_size && flag_gcse_sm)
870     store_motion ();
871 
872   /* Record where pseudo-registers are set.  */
873   return run_jump_opt_after_gcse;
874 }
875 
876 /* Misc. utilities.  */
877 
878 /* Nonzero for each mode that supports (set (reg) (reg)).
879    This is trivially true for integer and floating point values.
880    It may or may not be true for condition codes.  */
881 static char can_copy[(int) NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
882 
883 /* Compute which modes support reg/reg copy operations.  */
884 
885 static void
compute_can_copy(void)886 compute_can_copy (void)
887 {
888   int i;
889 #ifndef AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
890   rtx reg, insn;
891 #endif
892   memset (can_copy, 0, NUM_MACHINE_MODES);
893 
894   start_sequence ();
895   for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
896     if (GET_MODE_CLASS (i) == MODE_CC)
897       {
898 #ifdef AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
899 	can_copy[i] = 0;
900 #else
901 	reg = gen_rtx_REG ((enum machine_mode) i, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1);
902 	insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, reg));
903 	if (recog (PATTERN (insn), insn, NULL) >= 0)
904 	  can_copy[i] = 1;
905 #endif
906       }
907     else
908       can_copy[i] = 1;
909 
910   end_sequence ();
911 }
912 
913 /* Returns whether the mode supports reg/reg copy operations.  */
914 
915 bool
can_copy_p(enum machine_mode mode)916 can_copy_p (enum machine_mode mode)
917 {
918   static bool can_copy_init_p = false;
919 
920   if (! can_copy_init_p)
921     {
922       compute_can_copy ();
923       can_copy_init_p = true;
924     }
925 
926   return can_copy[mode] != 0;
927 }
928 
929 /* Cover function to xmalloc to record bytes allocated.  */
930 
931 static void *
gmalloc(size_t size)932 gmalloc (size_t size)
933 {
934   bytes_used += size;
935   return xmalloc (size);
936 }
937 
938 /* Cover function to xcalloc to record bytes allocated.  */
939 
940 static void *
gcalloc(size_t nelem,size_t elsize)941 gcalloc (size_t nelem, size_t elsize)
942 {
943   bytes_used += nelem * elsize;
944   return xcalloc (nelem, elsize);
945 }
946 
947 /* Cover function to xrealloc.
948    We don't record the additional size since we don't know it.
949    It won't affect memory usage stats much anyway.  */
950 
951 static void *
grealloc(void * ptr,size_t size)952 grealloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
953 {
954   return xrealloc (ptr, size);
955 }
956 
957 /* Cover function to obstack_alloc.  */
958 
959 static void *
gcse_alloc(unsigned long size)960 gcse_alloc (unsigned long size)
961 {
962   bytes_used += size;
963   return obstack_alloc (&gcse_obstack, size);
964 }
965 
966 /* Allocate memory for the cuid mapping array,
967    and reg/memory set tracking tables.
968 
969    This is called at the start of each pass.  */
970 
971 static void
alloc_gcse_mem(rtx f)972 alloc_gcse_mem (rtx f)
973 {
974   int i;
975   rtx insn;
976 
977   /* Find the largest UID and create a mapping from UIDs to CUIDs.
978      CUIDs are like UIDs except they increase monotonically, have no gaps,
979      and only apply to real insns.  */
980 
981   max_uid = get_max_uid ();
982   uid_cuid = gcalloc (max_uid + 1, sizeof (int));
983   for (insn = f, i = 0; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
984     {
985       if (INSN_P (insn))
986 	uid_cuid[INSN_UID (insn)] = i++;
987       else
988 	uid_cuid[INSN_UID (insn)] = i;
989     }
990 
991   /* Create a table mapping cuids to insns.  */
992 
993   max_cuid = i;
994   cuid_insn = gcalloc (max_cuid + 1, sizeof (rtx));
995   for (insn = f, i = 0; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
996     if (INSN_P (insn))
997       CUID_INSN (i++) = insn;
998 
999   /* Allocate vars to track sets of regs.  */
1000   reg_set_bitmap = BITMAP_XMALLOC ();
1001 
1002   /* Allocate vars to track sets of regs, memory per block.  */
1003   reg_set_in_block = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, max_gcse_regno);
1004   /* Allocate array to keep a list of insns which modify memory in each
1005      basic block.  */
1006   modify_mem_list = gcalloc (last_basic_block, sizeof (rtx));
1007   canon_modify_mem_list = gcalloc (last_basic_block, sizeof (rtx));
1008   modify_mem_list_set = BITMAP_XMALLOC ();
1009   canon_modify_mem_list_set = BITMAP_XMALLOC ();
1010 }
1011 
1012 /* Free memory allocated by alloc_gcse_mem.  */
1013 
1014 static void
free_gcse_mem(void)1015 free_gcse_mem (void)
1016 {
1017   free (uid_cuid);
1018   free (cuid_insn);
1019 
1020   BITMAP_XFREE (reg_set_bitmap);
1021 
1022   sbitmap_vector_free (reg_set_in_block);
1023   free_modify_mem_tables ();
1024   BITMAP_XFREE (modify_mem_list_set);
1025   BITMAP_XFREE (canon_modify_mem_list_set);
1026 }
1027 
1028 /* Many of the global optimization algorithms work by solving dataflow
1029    equations for various expressions.  Initially, some local value is
1030    computed for each expression in each block.  Then, the values across the
1031    various blocks are combined (by following flow graph edges) to arrive at
1032    global values.  Conceptually, each set of equations is independent.  We
1033    may therefore solve all the equations in parallel, solve them one at a
1034    time, or pick any intermediate approach.
1035 
1036    When you're going to need N two-dimensional bitmaps, each X (say, the
1037    number of blocks) by Y (say, the number of expressions), call this
1038    function.  It's not important what X and Y represent; only that Y
1039    correspond to the things that can be done in parallel.  This function will
1040    return an appropriate chunking factor C; you should solve C sets of
1041    equations in parallel.  By going through this function, we can easily
1042    trade space against time; by solving fewer equations in parallel we use
1043    less space.  */
1044 
1045 static int
get_bitmap_width(int n,int x,int y)1046 get_bitmap_width (int n, int x, int y)
1047 {
1048   /* It's not really worth figuring out *exactly* how much memory will
1049      be used by a particular choice.  The important thing is to get
1050      something approximately right.  */
1051   size_t max_bitmap_memory = 10 * 1024 * 1024;
1052 
1053   /* The number of bytes we'd use for a single column of minimum
1054      width.  */
1055   size_t column_size = n * x * sizeof (SBITMAP_ELT_TYPE);
1056 
1057   /* Often, it's reasonable just to solve all the equations in
1058      parallel.  */
1059   if (column_size * SBITMAP_SET_SIZE (y) <= max_bitmap_memory)
1060     return y;
1061 
1062   /* Otherwise, pick the largest width we can, without going over the
1063      limit.  */
1064   return SBITMAP_ELT_BITS * ((max_bitmap_memory + column_size - 1)
1065 			     / column_size);
1066 }
1067 
1068 /* Compute the local properties of each recorded expression.
1069 
1070    Local properties are those that are defined by the block, irrespective of
1071    other blocks.
1072 
1073    An expression is transparent in a block if its operands are not modified
1074    in the block.
1075 
1076    An expression is computed (locally available) in a block if it is computed
1077    at least once and expression would contain the same value if the
1078    computation was moved to the end of the block.
1079 
1080    An expression is locally anticipatable in a block if it is computed at
1081    least once and expression would contain the same value if the computation
1082    was moved to the beginning of the block.
1083 
1084    We call this routine for cprop, pre and code hoisting.  They all compute
1085    basically the same information and thus can easily share this code.
1086 
1087    TRANSP, COMP, and ANTLOC are destination sbitmaps for recording local
1088    properties.  If NULL, then it is not necessary to compute or record that
1089    particular property.
1090 
1091    TABLE controls which hash table to look at.  If it is  set hash table,
1092    additionally, TRANSP is computed as ~TRANSP, since this is really cprop's
1093    ABSALTERED.  */
1094 
1095 static void
compute_local_properties(sbitmap * transp,sbitmap * comp,sbitmap * antloc,struct hash_table * table)1096 compute_local_properties (sbitmap *transp, sbitmap *comp, sbitmap *antloc, struct hash_table *table)
1097 {
1098   unsigned int i;
1099 
1100   /* Initialize any bitmaps that were passed in.  */
1101   if (transp)
1102     {
1103       if (table->set_p)
1104 	sbitmap_vector_zero (transp, last_basic_block);
1105       else
1106 	sbitmap_vector_ones (transp, last_basic_block);
1107     }
1108 
1109   if (comp)
1110     sbitmap_vector_zero (comp, last_basic_block);
1111   if (antloc)
1112     sbitmap_vector_zero (antloc, last_basic_block);
1113 
1114   for (i = 0; i < table->size; i++)
1115     {
1116       struct expr *expr;
1117 
1118       for (expr = table->table[i]; expr != NULL; expr = expr->next_same_hash)
1119 	{
1120 	  int indx = expr->bitmap_index;
1121 	  struct occr *occr;
1122 
1123 	  /* The expression is transparent in this block if it is not killed.
1124 	     We start by assuming all are transparent [none are killed], and
1125 	     then reset the bits for those that are.  */
1126 	  if (transp)
1127 	    compute_transp (expr->expr, indx, transp, table->set_p);
1128 
1129 	  /* The occurrences recorded in antic_occr are exactly those that
1130 	     we want to set to nonzero in ANTLOC.  */
1131 	  if (antloc)
1132 	    for (occr = expr->antic_occr; occr != NULL; occr = occr->next)
1133 	      {
1134 		SET_BIT (antloc[BLOCK_NUM (occr->insn)], indx);
1135 
1136 		/* While we're scanning the table, this is a good place to
1137 		   initialize this.  */
1138 		occr->deleted_p = 0;
1139 	      }
1140 
1141 	  /* The occurrences recorded in avail_occr are exactly those that
1142 	     we want to set to nonzero in COMP.  */
1143 	  if (comp)
1144 	    for (occr = expr->avail_occr; occr != NULL; occr = occr->next)
1145 	      {
1146 		SET_BIT (comp[BLOCK_NUM (occr->insn)], indx);
1147 
1148 		/* While we're scanning the table, this is a good place to
1149 		   initialize this.  */
1150 		occr->copied_p = 0;
1151 	      }
1152 
1153 	  /* While we're scanning the table, this is a good place to
1154 	     initialize this.  */
1155 	  expr->reaching_reg = 0;
1156 	}
1157     }
1158 }
1159 
1160 /* Register set information.
1161 
1162    `reg_set_table' records where each register is set or otherwise
1163    modified.  */
1164 
1165 static struct obstack reg_set_obstack;
1166 
1167 static void
alloc_reg_set_mem(int n_regs)1168 alloc_reg_set_mem (int n_regs)
1169 {
1170   reg_set_table_size = n_regs + REG_SET_TABLE_SLOP;
1171   reg_set_table = gcalloc (reg_set_table_size, sizeof (struct reg_set *));
1172 
1173   gcc_obstack_init (&reg_set_obstack);
1174 }
1175 
1176 static void
free_reg_set_mem(void)1177 free_reg_set_mem (void)
1178 {
1179   free (reg_set_table);
1180   obstack_free (&reg_set_obstack, NULL);
1181 }
1182 
1183 /* An OLD_INSN that used to set REGNO was replaced by NEW_INSN.
1184    Update the corresponding `reg_set_table' entry accordingly.
1185    We assume that NEW_INSN is not already recorded in reg_set_table[regno].  */
1186 
1187 static void
replace_one_set(int regno,rtx old_insn,rtx new_insn)1188 replace_one_set (int regno, rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
1189 {
1190   struct reg_set *reg_info;
1191   if (regno >= reg_set_table_size)
1192     return;
1193   for (reg_info = reg_set_table[regno]; reg_info; reg_info = reg_info->next)
1194     if (reg_info->insn == old_insn)
1195       {
1196         reg_info->insn = new_insn;
1197         break;
1198       }
1199 }
1200 
1201 /* Record REGNO in the reg_set table.  */
1202 
1203 static void
record_one_set(int regno,rtx insn)1204 record_one_set (int regno, rtx insn)
1205 {
1206   /* Allocate a new reg_set element and link it onto the list.  */
1207   struct reg_set *new_reg_info;
1208 
1209   /* If the table isn't big enough, enlarge it.  */
1210   if (regno >= reg_set_table_size)
1211     {
1212       int new_size = regno + REG_SET_TABLE_SLOP;
1213 
1214       reg_set_table = grealloc (reg_set_table,
1215 				new_size * sizeof (struct reg_set *));
1216       memset (reg_set_table + reg_set_table_size, 0,
1217 	      (new_size - reg_set_table_size) * sizeof (struct reg_set *));
1218       reg_set_table_size = new_size;
1219     }
1220 
1221   new_reg_info = obstack_alloc (&reg_set_obstack, sizeof (struct reg_set));
1222   bytes_used += sizeof (struct reg_set);
1223   new_reg_info->insn = insn;
1224   new_reg_info->next = reg_set_table[regno];
1225   reg_set_table[regno] = new_reg_info;
1226 }
1227 
1228 /* Called from compute_sets via note_stores to handle one SET or CLOBBER in
1229    an insn.  The DATA is really the instruction in which the SET is
1230    occurring.  */
1231 
1232 static void
record_set_info(rtx dest,rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,void * data)1233 record_set_info (rtx dest, rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data)
1234 {
1235   rtx record_set_insn = (rtx) data;
1236 
1237   if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG && REGNO (dest) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1238     record_one_set (REGNO (dest), record_set_insn);
1239 }
1240 
1241 /* Scan the function and record each set of each pseudo-register.
1242 
1243    This is called once, at the start of the gcse pass.  See the comments for
1244    `reg_set_table' for further documentation.  */
1245 
1246 static void
compute_sets(rtx f)1247 compute_sets (rtx f)
1248 {
1249   rtx insn;
1250 
1251   for (insn = f; insn != 0; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1252     if (INSN_P (insn))
1253       note_stores (PATTERN (insn), record_set_info, insn);
1254 }
1255 
1256 /* Hash table support.  */
1257 
1258 struct reg_avail_info
1259 {
1260   basic_block last_bb;
1261   int first_set;
1262   int last_set;
1263 };
1264 
1265 static struct reg_avail_info *reg_avail_info;
1266 static basic_block current_bb;
1267 
1268 
1269 /* See whether X, the source of a set, is something we want to consider for
1270    GCSE.  */
1271 
1272 static GTY(()) rtx test_insn;
1273 static int
want_to_gcse_p(rtx x)1274 want_to_gcse_p (rtx x)
1275 {
1276   int num_clobbers = 0;
1277   int icode;
1278 
1279   switch (GET_CODE (x))
1280     {
1281     case REG:
1282     case SUBREG:
1283     case CONST_INT:
1284     case CONST_DOUBLE:
1285     case CONST_VECTOR:
1286     case CALL:
1287     case CONSTANT_P_RTX:
1288       return 0;
1289 
1290     default:
1291       break;
1292     }
1293 
1294   /* If this is a valid operand, we are OK.  If it's VOIDmode, we aren't.  */
1295   if (general_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))
1296     return 1;
1297   else if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
1298     return 0;
1299 
1300   /* Otherwise, check if we can make a valid insn from it.  First initialize
1301      our test insn if we haven't already.  */
1302   if (test_insn == 0)
1303     {
1304       test_insn
1305 	= make_insn_raw (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
1306 				      gen_rtx_REG (word_mode,
1307 						   FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * 2),
1308 				      const0_rtx));
1309       NEXT_INSN (test_insn) = PREV_INSN (test_insn) = 0;
1310     }
1311 
1312   /* Now make an insn like the one we would make when GCSE'ing and see if
1313      valid.  */
1314   PUT_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (test_insn)), GET_MODE (x));
1315   SET_SRC (PATTERN (test_insn)) = x;
1316   return ((icode = recog (PATTERN (test_insn), test_insn, &num_clobbers)) >= 0
1317 	  && (num_clobbers == 0 || ! added_clobbers_hard_reg_p (icode)));
1318 }
1319 
1320 /* Return nonzero if the operands of expression X are unchanged from the
1321    start of INSN's basic block up to but not including INSN (if AVAIL_P == 0),
1322    or from INSN to the end of INSN's basic block (if AVAIL_P != 0).  */
1323 
1324 static int
oprs_unchanged_p(rtx x,rtx insn,int avail_p)1325 oprs_unchanged_p (rtx x, rtx insn, int avail_p)
1326 {
1327   int i, j;
1328   enum rtx_code code;
1329   const char *fmt;
1330 
1331   if (x == 0)
1332     return 1;
1333 
1334   code = GET_CODE (x);
1335   switch (code)
1336     {
1337     case REG:
1338       {
1339 	struct reg_avail_info *info = &reg_avail_info[REGNO (x)];
1340 
1341 	if (info->last_bb != current_bb)
1342 	  return 1;
1343 	if (avail_p)
1344 	  return info->last_set < INSN_CUID (insn);
1345 	else
1346 	  return info->first_set >= INSN_CUID (insn);
1347       }
1348 
1349     case MEM:
1350       if (load_killed_in_block_p (current_bb, INSN_CUID (insn),
1351 				  x, avail_p))
1352 	return 0;
1353       else
1354 	return oprs_unchanged_p (XEXP (x, 0), insn, avail_p);
1355 
1356     case PRE_DEC:
1357     case PRE_INC:
1358     case POST_DEC:
1359     case POST_INC:
1360     case PRE_MODIFY:
1361     case POST_MODIFY:
1362       return 0;
1363 
1364     case PC:
1365     case CC0: /*FIXME*/
1366     case CONST:
1367     case CONST_INT:
1368     case CONST_DOUBLE:
1369     case CONST_VECTOR:
1370     case SYMBOL_REF:
1371     case LABEL_REF:
1372     case ADDR_VEC:
1373     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
1374       return 1;
1375 
1376     default:
1377       break;
1378     }
1379 
1380   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i >= 0; i--)
1381     {
1382       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
1383 	{
1384 	  /* If we are about to do the last recursive call needed at this
1385 	     level, change it into iteration.  This function is called enough
1386 	     to be worth it.  */
1387 	  if (i == 0)
1388 	    return oprs_unchanged_p (XEXP (x, i), insn, avail_p);
1389 
1390 	  else if (! oprs_unchanged_p (XEXP (x, i), insn, avail_p))
1391 	    return 0;
1392 	}
1393       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1394 	for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
1395 	  if (! oprs_unchanged_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, avail_p))
1396 	    return 0;
1397     }
1398 
1399   return 1;
1400 }
1401 
1402 /* Used for communication between mems_conflict_for_gcse_p and
1403    load_killed_in_block_p.  Nonzero if mems_conflict_for_gcse_p finds a
1404    conflict between two memory references.  */
1405 static int gcse_mems_conflict_p;
1406 
1407 /* Used for communication between mems_conflict_for_gcse_p and
1408    load_killed_in_block_p.  A memory reference for a load instruction,
1409    mems_conflict_for_gcse_p will see if a memory store conflicts with
1410    this memory load.  */
1411 static rtx gcse_mem_operand;
1412 
1413 /* DEST is the output of an instruction.  If it is a memory reference, and
1414    possibly conflicts with the load found in gcse_mem_operand, then set
1415    gcse_mems_conflict_p to a nonzero value.  */
1416 
1417 static void
mems_conflict_for_gcse_p(rtx dest,rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1418 mems_conflict_for_gcse_p (rtx dest, rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1419 			  void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1420 {
1421   while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
1422 	 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
1423 	 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
1424 	 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
1425     dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
1426 
1427   /* If DEST is not a MEM, then it will not conflict with the load.  Note
1428      that function calls are assumed to clobber memory, but are handled
1429      elsewhere.  */
1430   if (GET_CODE (dest) != MEM)
1431     return;
1432 
1433   /* If we are setting a MEM in our list of specially recognized MEMs,
1434      don't mark as killed this time.  */
1435 
1436   if (expr_equiv_p (dest, gcse_mem_operand) && pre_ldst_mems != NULL)
1437     {
1438       if (!find_rtx_in_ldst (dest))
1439 	gcse_mems_conflict_p = 1;
1440       return;
1441     }
1442 
1443   if (true_dependence (dest, GET_MODE (dest), gcse_mem_operand,
1444 		       rtx_addr_varies_p))
1445     gcse_mems_conflict_p = 1;
1446 }
1447 
1448 /* Return nonzero if the expression in X (a memory reference) is killed
1449    in block BB before or after the insn with the CUID in UID_LIMIT.
1450    AVAIL_P is nonzero for kills after UID_LIMIT, and zero for kills
1451    before UID_LIMIT.
1452 
1453    To check the entire block, set UID_LIMIT to max_uid + 1 and
1454    AVAIL_P to 0.  */
1455 
1456 static int
load_killed_in_block_p(basic_block bb,int uid_limit,rtx x,int avail_p)1457 load_killed_in_block_p (basic_block bb, int uid_limit, rtx x, int avail_p)
1458 {
1459   rtx list_entry = modify_mem_list[bb->index];
1460   while (list_entry)
1461     {
1462       rtx setter;
1463       /* Ignore entries in the list that do not apply.  */
1464       if ((avail_p
1465 	   && INSN_CUID (XEXP (list_entry, 0)) < uid_limit)
1466 	  || (! avail_p
1467 	      && INSN_CUID (XEXP (list_entry, 0)) > uid_limit))
1468 	{
1469 	  list_entry = XEXP (list_entry, 1);
1470 	  continue;
1471 	}
1472 
1473       setter = XEXP (list_entry, 0);
1474 
1475       /* If SETTER is a call everything is clobbered.  Note that calls
1476 	 to pure functions are never put on the list, so we need not
1477 	 worry about them.  */
1478       if (GET_CODE (setter) == CALL_INSN)
1479 	return 1;
1480 
1481       /* SETTER must be an INSN of some kind that sets memory.  Call
1482 	 note_stores to examine each hunk of memory that is modified.
1483 
1484 	 The note_stores interface is pretty limited, so we have to
1485 	 communicate via global variables.  Yuk.  */
1486       gcse_mem_operand = x;
1487       gcse_mems_conflict_p = 0;
1488       note_stores (PATTERN (setter), mems_conflict_for_gcse_p, NULL);
1489       if (gcse_mems_conflict_p)
1490 	return 1;
1491       list_entry = XEXP (list_entry, 1);
1492     }
1493   return 0;
1494 }
1495 
1496 /* Return nonzero if the operands of expression X are unchanged from
1497    the start of INSN's basic block up to but not including INSN.  */
1498 
1499 static int
oprs_anticipatable_p(rtx x,rtx insn)1500 oprs_anticipatable_p (rtx x, rtx insn)
1501 {
1502   return oprs_unchanged_p (x, insn, 0);
1503 }
1504 
1505 /* Return nonzero if the operands of expression X are unchanged from
1506    INSN to the end of INSN's basic block.  */
1507 
1508 static int
oprs_available_p(rtx x,rtx insn)1509 oprs_available_p (rtx x, rtx insn)
1510 {
1511   return oprs_unchanged_p (x, insn, 1);
1512 }
1513 
1514 /* Hash expression X.
1515 
1516    MODE is only used if X is a CONST_INT.  DO_NOT_RECORD_P is a boolean
1517    indicating if a volatile operand is found or if the expression contains
1518    something we don't want to insert in the table.  HASH_TABLE_SIZE is
1519    the current size of the hash table to be probed.
1520 
1521    ??? One might want to merge this with canon_hash.  Later.  */
1522 
1523 static unsigned int
hash_expr(rtx x,enum machine_mode mode,int * do_not_record_p,int hash_table_size)1524 hash_expr (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, int *do_not_record_p,
1525 	   int hash_table_size)
1526 {
1527   unsigned int hash;
1528 
1529   *do_not_record_p = 0;
1530 
1531   hash = hash_expr_1 (x, mode, do_not_record_p);
1532   return hash % hash_table_size;
1533 }
1534 
1535 /* Hash a string.  Just add its bytes up.  */
1536 
1537 static inline unsigned
hash_string_1(const char * ps)1538 hash_string_1 (const char *ps)
1539 {
1540   unsigned hash = 0;
1541   const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char *) ps;
1542 
1543   if (p)
1544     while (*p)
1545       hash += *p++;
1546 
1547   return hash;
1548 }
1549 
1550 /* Subroutine of hash_expr to do the actual work.  */
1551 
1552 static unsigned int
hash_expr_1(rtx x,enum machine_mode mode,int * do_not_record_p)1553 hash_expr_1 (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, int *do_not_record_p)
1554 {
1555   int i, j;
1556   unsigned hash = 0;
1557   enum rtx_code code;
1558   const char *fmt;
1559 
1560   /* Used to turn recursion into iteration.  We can't rely on GCC's
1561      tail-recursion elimination since we need to keep accumulating values
1562      in HASH.  */
1563 
1564   if (x == 0)
1565     return hash;
1566 
1567  repeat:
1568   code = GET_CODE (x);
1569   switch (code)
1570     {
1571     case REG:
1572       hash += ((unsigned int) REG << 7) + REGNO (x);
1573       return hash;
1574 
1575     case CONST_INT:
1576       hash += (((unsigned int) CONST_INT << 7) + (unsigned int) mode
1577 	       + (unsigned int) INTVAL (x));
1578       return hash;
1579 
1580     case CONST_DOUBLE:
1581       /* This is like the general case, except that it only counts
1582 	 the integers representing the constant.  */
1583       hash += (unsigned int) code + (unsigned int) GET_MODE (x);
1584       if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode)
1585 	for (i = 2; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (CONST_DOUBLE); i++)
1586 	  hash += (unsigned int) XWINT (x, i);
1587       else
1588 	hash += ((unsigned int) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x)
1589 		 + (unsigned int) CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x));
1590       return hash;
1591 
1592     case CONST_VECTOR:
1593       {
1594 	int units;
1595 	rtx elt;
1596 
1597 	units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
1598 
1599 	for (i = 0; i < units; ++i)
1600 	  {
1601 	    elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
1602 	    hash += hash_expr_1 (elt, GET_MODE (elt), do_not_record_p);
1603 	  }
1604 
1605 	return hash;
1606       }
1607 
1608       /* Assume there is only one rtx object for any given label.  */
1609     case LABEL_REF:
1610       /* We don't hash on the address of the CODE_LABEL to avoid bootstrap
1611 	 differences and differences between each stage's debugging dumps.  */
1612       hash += (((unsigned int) LABEL_REF << 7)
1613 	       + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (x, 0)));
1614       return hash;
1615 
1616     case SYMBOL_REF:
1617       {
1618 	/* Don't hash on the symbol's address to avoid bootstrap differences.
1619 	   Different hash values may cause expressions to be recorded in
1620 	   different orders and thus different registers to be used in the
1621 	   final assembler.  This also avoids differences in the dump files
1622 	   between various stages.  */
1623 	unsigned int h = 0;
1624 	const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char *) XSTR (x, 0);
1625 
1626 	while (*p)
1627 	  h += (h << 7) + *p++; /* ??? revisit */
1628 
1629 	hash += ((unsigned int) SYMBOL_REF << 7) + h;
1630 	return hash;
1631       }
1632 
1633     case MEM:
1634       if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
1635 	{
1636 	  *do_not_record_p = 1;
1637 	  return 0;
1638 	}
1639 
1640       hash += (unsigned int) MEM;
1641       /* We used alias set for hashing, but this is not good, since the alias
1642 	 set may differ in -fprofile-arcs and -fbranch-probabilities compilation
1643 	 causing the profiles to fail to match.  */
1644       x = XEXP (x, 0);
1645       goto repeat;
1646 
1647     case PRE_DEC:
1648     case PRE_INC:
1649     case POST_DEC:
1650     case POST_INC:
1651     case PC:
1652     case CC0:
1653     case CALL:
1654     case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1655       *do_not_record_p = 1;
1656       return 0;
1657 
1658     case ASM_OPERANDS:
1659       if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
1660 	{
1661 	  *do_not_record_p = 1;
1662 	  return 0;
1663 	}
1664       else
1665 	{
1666 	  /* We don't want to take the filename and line into account.  */
1667 	  hash += (unsigned) code + (unsigned) GET_MODE (x)
1668 	    + hash_string_1 (ASM_OPERANDS_TEMPLATE (x))
1669 	    + hash_string_1 (ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (x))
1670 	    + (unsigned) ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (x);
1671 
1672 	  if (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x))
1673 	    {
1674 	      for (i = 1; i < ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x); i++)
1675 		{
1676 		  hash += (hash_expr_1 (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i),
1677 					GET_MODE (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i)),
1678 					do_not_record_p)
1679 			   + hash_string_1 (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT
1680 					    (x, i)));
1681 		}
1682 
1683 	      hash += hash_string_1 (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT (x, 0));
1684 	      x = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, 0);
1685 	      mode = GET_MODE (x);
1686 	      goto repeat;
1687 	    }
1688 	  return hash;
1689 	}
1690 
1691     default:
1692       break;
1693     }
1694 
1695   hash += (unsigned) code + (unsigned) GET_MODE (x);
1696   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i >= 0; i--)
1697     {
1698       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
1699 	{
1700 	  /* If we are about to do the last recursive call
1701 	     needed at this level, change it into iteration.
1702 	     This function is called enough to be worth it.  */
1703 	  if (i == 0)
1704 	    {
1705 	      x = XEXP (x, i);
1706 	      goto repeat;
1707 	    }
1708 
1709 	  hash += hash_expr_1 (XEXP (x, i), 0, do_not_record_p);
1710 	  if (*do_not_record_p)
1711 	    return 0;
1712 	}
1713 
1714       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1715 	for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
1716 	  {
1717 	    hash += hash_expr_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j), 0, do_not_record_p);
1718 	    if (*do_not_record_p)
1719 	      return 0;
1720 	  }
1721 
1722       else if (fmt[i] == 's')
1723 	hash += hash_string_1 (XSTR (x, i));
1724       else if (fmt[i] == 'i')
1725 	hash += (unsigned int) XINT (x, i);
1726       else
1727 	abort ();
1728     }
1729 
1730   return hash;
1731 }
1732 
1733 /* Hash a set of register REGNO.
1734 
1735    Sets are hashed on the register that is set.  This simplifies the PRE copy
1736    propagation code.
1737 
1738    ??? May need to make things more elaborate.  Later, as necessary.  */
1739 
1740 static unsigned int
hash_set(int regno,int hash_table_size)1741 hash_set (int regno, int hash_table_size)
1742 {
1743   unsigned int hash;
1744 
1745   hash = regno;
1746   return hash % hash_table_size;
1747 }
1748 
1749 /* Return nonzero if exp1 is equivalent to exp2.
1750    ??? Borrowed from cse.c.  Might want to remerge with cse.c.  Later.  */
1751 
1752 static int
expr_equiv_p(rtx x,rtx y)1753 expr_equiv_p (rtx x, rtx y)
1754 {
1755   int i, j;
1756   enum rtx_code code;
1757   const char *fmt;
1758 
1759   if (x == y)
1760     return 1;
1761 
1762   if (x == 0 || y == 0)
1763     return 0;
1764 
1765   code = GET_CODE (x);
1766   if (code != GET_CODE (y))
1767     return 0;
1768 
1769   /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent.  */
1770   if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y))
1771     return 0;
1772 
1773   switch (code)
1774     {
1775     case PC:
1776     case CC0:
1777     case CONST_INT:
1778       return 0;
1779 
1780     case LABEL_REF:
1781       return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0);
1782 
1783     case SYMBOL_REF:
1784       return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0);
1785 
1786     case REG:
1787       return REGNO (x) == REGNO (y);
1788 
1789     case MEM:
1790       /* Can't merge two expressions in different alias sets, since we can
1791 	 decide that the expression is transparent in a block when it isn't,
1792 	 due to it being set with the different alias set.  */
1793       if (MEM_ALIAS_SET (x) != MEM_ALIAS_SET (y))
1794 	return 0;
1795 
1796       /* A volatile mem should not be considered equivalent to any other.  */
1797       if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) || MEM_VOLATILE_P (y))
1798 	return 0;
1799       break;
1800 
1801     /*  For commutative operations, check both orders.  */
1802     case PLUS:
1803     case MULT:
1804     case AND:
1805     case IOR:
1806     case XOR:
1807     case NE:
1808     case EQ:
1809       return ((expr_equiv_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (y, 0))
1810 	       && expr_equiv_p (XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (y, 1)))
1811 	      || (expr_equiv_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (y, 1))
1812 		  && expr_equiv_p (XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (y, 0))));
1813 
1814     case ASM_OPERANDS:
1815       /* We don't use the generic code below because we want to
1816 	 disregard filename and line numbers.  */
1817 
1818       /* A volatile asm isn't equivalent to any other.  */
1819       if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) || MEM_VOLATILE_P (y))
1820 	return 0;
1821 
1822       if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y)
1823 	  || strcmp (ASM_OPERANDS_TEMPLATE (x), ASM_OPERANDS_TEMPLATE (y))
1824 	  || strcmp (ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (x),
1825 		     ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (y))
1826 	  || ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (x) != ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (y)
1827 	  || ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x) != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (y))
1828 	return 0;
1829 
1830       if (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x))
1831 	{
1832 	  for (i = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1833 	    if (! expr_equiv_p (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i),
1834 				ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (y, i))
1835 		|| strcmp (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT (x, i),
1836 			   ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT (y, i)))
1837 	      return 0;
1838 	}
1839 
1840       return 1;
1841 
1842     default:
1843       break;
1844     }
1845 
1846   /* Compare the elements.  If any pair of corresponding elements
1847      fail to match, return 0 for the whole thing.  */
1848 
1849   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1850   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1851     {
1852       switch (fmt[i])
1853 	{
1854 	case 'e':
1855 	  if (! expr_equiv_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i)))
1856 	    return 0;
1857 	  break;
1858 
1859 	case 'E':
1860 	  if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i))
1861 	    return 0;
1862 	  for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
1863 	    if (! expr_equiv_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j)))
1864 	      return 0;
1865 	  break;
1866 
1867 	case 's':
1868 	  if (strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i)))
1869 	    return 0;
1870 	  break;
1871 
1872 	case 'i':
1873 	  if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
1874 	    return 0;
1875 	  break;
1876 
1877 	case 'w':
1878 	  if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i))
1879 	    return 0;
1880 	break;
1881 
1882 	case '0':
1883 	  break;
1884 
1885 	default:
1886 	  abort ();
1887 	}
1888     }
1889 
1890   return 1;
1891 }
1892 
1893 /* Insert expression X in INSN in the hash TABLE.
1894    If it is already present, record it as the last occurrence in INSN's
1895    basic block.
1896 
1897    MODE is the mode of the value X is being stored into.
1898    It is only used if X is a CONST_INT.
1899 
1900    ANTIC_P is nonzero if X is an anticipatable expression.
1901    AVAIL_P is nonzero if X is an available expression.  */
1902 
1903 static void
insert_expr_in_table(rtx x,enum machine_mode mode,rtx insn,int antic_p,int avail_p,struct hash_table * table)1904 insert_expr_in_table (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, rtx insn, int antic_p,
1905 		      int avail_p, struct hash_table *table)
1906 {
1907   int found, do_not_record_p;
1908   unsigned int hash;
1909   struct expr *cur_expr, *last_expr = NULL;
1910   struct occr *antic_occr, *avail_occr;
1911   struct occr *last_occr = NULL;
1912 
1913   hash = hash_expr (x, mode, &do_not_record_p, table->size);
1914 
1915   /* Do not insert expression in table if it contains volatile operands,
1916      or if hash_expr determines the expression is something we don't want
1917      to or can't handle.  */
1918   if (do_not_record_p)
1919     return;
1920 
1921   cur_expr = table->table[hash];
1922   found = 0;
1923 
1924   while (cur_expr && 0 == (found = expr_equiv_p (cur_expr->expr, x)))
1925     {
1926       /* If the expression isn't found, save a pointer to the end of
1927 	 the list.  */
1928       last_expr = cur_expr;
1929       cur_expr = cur_expr->next_same_hash;
1930     }
1931 
1932   if (! found)
1933     {
1934       cur_expr = gcse_alloc (sizeof (struct expr));
1935       bytes_used += sizeof (struct expr);
1936       if (table->table[hash] == NULL)
1937 	/* This is the first pattern that hashed to this index.  */
1938 	table->table[hash] = cur_expr;
1939       else
1940 	/* Add EXPR to end of this hash chain.  */
1941 	last_expr->next_same_hash = cur_expr;
1942 
1943       /* Set the fields of the expr element.  */
1944       cur_expr->expr = x;
1945       cur_expr->bitmap_index = table->n_elems++;
1946       cur_expr->next_same_hash = NULL;
1947       cur_expr->antic_occr = NULL;
1948       cur_expr->avail_occr = NULL;
1949     }
1950 
1951   /* Now record the occurrence(s).  */
1952   if (antic_p)
1953     {
1954       antic_occr = cur_expr->antic_occr;
1955 
1956       /* Search for another occurrence in the same basic block.  */
1957       while (antic_occr && BLOCK_NUM (antic_occr->insn) != BLOCK_NUM (insn))
1958 	{
1959 	  /* If an occurrence isn't found, save a pointer to the end of
1960 	     the list.  */
1961 	  last_occr = antic_occr;
1962 	  antic_occr = antic_occr->next;
1963 	}
1964 
1965       if (antic_occr)
1966 	/* Found another instance of the expression in the same basic block.
1967 	   Prefer the currently recorded one.  We want the first one in the
1968 	   block and the block is scanned from start to end.  */
1969 	; /* nothing to do */
1970       else
1971 	{
1972 	  /* First occurrence of this expression in this basic block.  */
1973 	  antic_occr = gcse_alloc (sizeof (struct occr));
1974 	  bytes_used += sizeof (struct occr);
1975 	  /* First occurrence of this expression in any block?  */
1976 	  if (cur_expr->antic_occr == NULL)
1977 	    cur_expr->antic_occr = antic_occr;
1978 	  else
1979 	    last_occr->next = antic_occr;
1980 
1981 	  antic_occr->insn = insn;
1982 	  antic_occr->next = NULL;
1983 	}
1984     }
1985 
1986   if (avail_p)
1987     {
1988       avail_occr = cur_expr->avail_occr;
1989 
1990       /* Search for another occurrence in the same basic block.  */
1991       while (avail_occr && BLOCK_NUM (avail_occr->insn) != BLOCK_NUM (insn))
1992 	{
1993 	  /* If an occurrence isn't found, save a pointer to the end of
1994 	     the list.  */
1995 	  last_occr = avail_occr;
1996 	  avail_occr = avail_occr->next;
1997 	}
1998 
1999       if (avail_occr)
2000 	/* Found another instance of the expression in the same basic block.
2001 	   Prefer this occurrence to the currently recorded one.  We want
2002 	   the last one in the block and the block is scanned from start
2003 	   to end.  */
2004 	avail_occr->insn = insn;
2005       else
2006 	{
2007 	  /* First occurrence of this expression in this basic block.  */
2008 	  avail_occr = gcse_alloc (sizeof (struct occr));
2009 	  bytes_used += sizeof (struct occr);
2010 
2011 	  /* First occurrence of this expression in any block?  */
2012 	  if (cur_expr->avail_occr == NULL)
2013 	    cur_expr->avail_occr = avail_occr;
2014 	  else
2015 	    last_occr->next = avail_occr;
2016 
2017 	  avail_occr->insn = insn;
2018 	  avail_occr->next = NULL;
2019 	}
2020     }
2021 }
2022 
2023 /* Insert pattern X in INSN in the hash table.
2024    X is a SET of a reg to either another reg or a constant.
2025    If it is already present, record it as the last occurrence in INSN's
2026    basic block.  */
2027 
2028 static void
insert_set_in_table(rtx x,rtx insn,struct hash_table * table)2029 insert_set_in_table (rtx x, rtx insn, struct hash_table *table)
2030 {
2031   int found;
2032   unsigned int hash;
2033   struct expr *cur_expr, *last_expr = NULL;
2034   struct occr *cur_occr, *last_occr = NULL;
2035 
2036   if (GET_CODE (x) != SET
2037       || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG)
2038     abort ();
2039 
2040   hash = hash_set (REGNO (SET_DEST (x)), table->size);
2041 
2042   cur_expr = table->table[hash];
2043   found = 0;
2044 
2045   while (cur_expr && 0 == (found = expr_equiv_p (cur_expr->expr, x)))
2046     {
2047       /* If the expression isn't found, save a pointer to the end of
2048 	 the list.  */
2049       last_expr = cur_expr;
2050       cur_expr = cur_expr->next_same_hash;
2051     }
2052 
2053   if (! found)
2054     {
2055       cur_expr = gcse_alloc (sizeof (struct expr));
2056       bytes_used += sizeof (struct expr);
2057       if (table->table[hash] == NULL)
2058 	/* This is the first pattern that hashed to this index.  */
2059 	table->table[hash] = cur_expr;
2060       else
2061 	/* Add EXPR to end of this hash chain.  */
2062 	last_expr->next_same_hash = cur_expr;
2063 
2064       /* Set the fields of the expr element.
2065 	 We must copy X because it can be modified when copy propagation is
2066 	 performed on its operands.  */
2067       cur_expr->expr = copy_rtx (x);
2068       cur_expr->bitmap_index = table->n_elems++;
2069       cur_expr->next_same_hash = NULL;
2070       cur_expr->antic_occr = NULL;
2071       cur_expr->avail_occr = NULL;
2072     }
2073 
2074   /* Now record the occurrence.  */
2075   cur_occr = cur_expr->avail_occr;
2076 
2077   /* Search for another occurrence in the same basic block.  */
2078   while (cur_occr && BLOCK_NUM (cur_occr->insn) != BLOCK_NUM (insn))
2079     {
2080       /* If an occurrence isn't found, save a pointer to the end of
2081 	 the list.  */
2082       last_occr = cur_occr;
2083       cur_occr = cur_occr->next;
2084     }
2085 
2086   if (cur_occr)
2087     /* Found another instance of the expression in the same basic block.
2088        Prefer this occurrence to the currently recorded one.  We want the
2089        last one in the block and the block is scanned from start to end.  */
2090     cur_occr->insn = insn;
2091   else
2092     {
2093       /* First occurrence of this expression in this basic block.  */
2094       cur_occr = gcse_alloc (sizeof (struct occr));
2095       bytes_used += sizeof (struct occr);
2096 
2097       /* First occurrence of this expression in any block?  */
2098       if (cur_expr->avail_occr == NULL)
2099 	cur_expr->avail_occr = cur_occr;
2100       else
2101 	last_occr->next = cur_occr;
2102 
2103       cur_occr->insn = insn;
2104       cur_occr->next = NULL;
2105     }
2106 }
2107 
2108 /* Determine whether the rtx X should be treated as a constant for
2109    the purposes of GCSE's constant propagation.  */
2110 
2111 static bool
gcse_constant_p(rtx x)2112 gcse_constant_p (rtx x)
2113 {
2114   /* Consider a COMPARE of two integers constant.  */
2115   if (GET_CODE (x) == COMPARE
2116       && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_INT
2117       && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
2118     return true;
2119 
2120 
2121   /* Consider a COMPARE of the same registers is a constant
2122     if they are not floating point registers.  */
2123   if (GET_CODE(x) == COMPARE
2124       && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
2125       && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG
2126       && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == REGNO (XEXP (x, 1))
2127       && ! FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
2128       && ! FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1))))
2129     return true;
2130 
2131   if (GET_CODE (x) == CONSTANT_P_RTX)
2132     return false;
2133 
2134   return CONSTANT_P (x);
2135 }
2136 
2137 /* Scan pattern PAT of INSN and add an entry to the hash TABLE (set or
2138    expression one).  */
2139 
2140 static void
hash_scan_set(rtx pat,rtx insn,struct hash_table * table)2141 hash_scan_set (rtx pat, rtx insn, struct hash_table *table)
2142 {
2143   rtx src = SET_SRC (pat);
2144   rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat);
2145   rtx note;
2146 
2147   if (GET_CODE (src) == CALL)
2148     hash_scan_call (src, insn, table);
2149 
2150   else if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
2151     {
2152       unsigned int regno = REGNO (dest);
2153       rtx tmp;
2154 
2155       /* If this is a single set and we are doing constant propagation,
2156 	 see if a REG_NOTE shows this equivalent to a constant.  */
2157       if (table->set_p && (note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn)) != 0
2158 	  && gcse_constant_p (XEXP (note, 0)))
2159 	src = XEXP (note, 0), pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, src);
2160 
2161       /* Only record sets of pseudo-regs in the hash table.  */
2162       if (! table->set_p
2163 	  && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2164 	  /* Don't GCSE something if we can't do a reg/reg copy.  */
2165 	  && can_copy_p (GET_MODE (dest))
2166 	  /* GCSE commonly inserts instruction after the insn.  We can't
2167 	     do that easily for EH_REGION notes so disable GCSE on these
2168 	     for now.  */
2169 	  && !find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX)
2170 	  /* Is SET_SRC something we want to gcse?  */
2171 	  && want_to_gcse_p (src)
2172 	  /* Don't CSE a nop.  */
2173 	  && ! set_noop_p (pat)
2174 	  /* Don't GCSE if it has attached REG_EQUIV note.
2175 	     At this point this only function parameters should have
2176 	     REG_EQUIV notes and if the argument slot is used somewhere
2177 	     explicitly, it means address of parameter has been taken,
2178 	     so we should not extend the lifetime of the pseudo.  */
2179 	  && ((note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX)) == 0
2180 	      || GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) != MEM))
2181 	{
2182 	  /* An expression is not anticipatable if its operands are
2183 	     modified before this insn or if this is not the only SET in
2184 	     this insn.  */
2185 	  int antic_p = oprs_anticipatable_p (src, insn) && single_set (insn);
2186 	  /* An expression is not available if its operands are
2187 	     subsequently modified, including this insn.  It's also not
2188 	     available if this is a branch, because we can't insert
2189 	     a set after the branch.  */
2190 	  int avail_p = (oprs_available_p (src, insn)
2191 			 && ! JUMP_P (insn));
2192 
2193 	  insert_expr_in_table (src, GET_MODE (dest), insn, antic_p, avail_p, table);
2194 	}
2195 
2196       /* Record sets for constant/copy propagation.  */
2197       else if (table->set_p
2198 	       && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2199 	       && ((GET_CODE (src) == REG
2200 		    && REGNO (src) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2201 		    && can_copy_p (GET_MODE (dest))
2202 		    && REGNO (src) != regno)
2203 		   || gcse_constant_p (src))
2204 	       /* A copy is not available if its src or dest is subsequently
2205 		  modified.  Here we want to search from INSN+1 on, but
2206 		  oprs_available_p searches from INSN on.  */
2207 	       && (insn == BB_END (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn))
2208 		   || ((tmp = next_nonnote_insn (insn)) != NULL_RTX
2209 		       && oprs_available_p (pat, tmp))))
2210 	insert_set_in_table (pat, insn, table);
2211     }
2212   /* In case of store we want to consider the memory value as available in
2213      the REG stored in that memory. This makes it possible to remove
2214      redundant loads from due to stores to the same location.  */
2215   else if (flag_gcse_las && GET_CODE (src) == REG && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
2216       {
2217         unsigned int regno = REGNO (src);
2218 
2219         /* Do not do this for constant/copy propagation.  */
2220         if (! table->set_p
2221             /* Only record sets of pseudo-regs in the hash table.  */
2222 	    && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
2223 	   /* Don't GCSE something if we can't do a reg/reg copy.  */
2224 	   && can_copy_p (GET_MODE (src))
2225 	   /* GCSE commonly inserts instruction after the insn.  We can't
2226 	      do that easily for EH_REGION notes so disable GCSE on these
2227 	      for now.  */
2228 	   && ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX)
2229 	   /* Is SET_DEST something we want to gcse?  */
2230 	   && want_to_gcse_p (dest)
2231 	   /* Don't CSE a nop.  */
2232 	   && ! set_noop_p (pat)
2233 	   /* Don't GCSE if it has attached REG_EQUIV note.
2234 	      At this point this only function parameters should have
2235 	      REG_EQUIV notes and if the argument slot is used somewhere
2236 	      explicitly, it means address of parameter has been taken,
2237 	      so we should not extend the lifetime of the pseudo.  */
2238 	   && ((note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX)) == 0
2239 	       || GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) != MEM))
2240              {
2241                /* Stores are never anticipatable.  */
2242                int antic_p = 0;
2243 	       /* An expression is not available if its operands are
2244 	          subsequently modified, including this insn.  It's also not
2245 	          available if this is a branch, because we can't insert
2246 	          a set after the branch.  */
2247                int avail_p = oprs_available_p (dest, insn)
2248 			     && ! JUMP_P (insn);
2249 
2250 	       /* Record the memory expression (DEST) in the hash table.  */
2251 	       insert_expr_in_table (dest, GET_MODE (dest), insn,
2252 				     antic_p, avail_p, table);
2253              }
2254       }
2255 }
2256 
2257 static void
hash_scan_clobber(rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,struct hash_table * table ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)2258 hash_scan_clobber (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2259 		   struct hash_table *table ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2260 {
2261   /* Currently nothing to do.  */
2262 }
2263 
2264 static void
hash_scan_call(rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,struct hash_table * table ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)2265 hash_scan_call (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2266 		struct hash_table *table ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2267 {
2268   /* Currently nothing to do.  */
2269 }
2270 
2271 /* Process INSN and add hash table entries as appropriate.
2272 
2273    Only available expressions that set a single pseudo-reg are recorded.
2274 
2275    Single sets in a PARALLEL could be handled, but it's an extra complication
2276    that isn't dealt with right now.  The trick is handling the CLOBBERs that
2277    are also in the PARALLEL.  Later.
2278 
2279    If SET_P is nonzero, this is for the assignment hash table,
2280    otherwise it is for the expression hash table.
2281    If IN_LIBCALL_BLOCK nonzero, we are in a libcall block, and should
2282    not record any expressions.  */
2283 
2284 static void
hash_scan_insn(rtx insn,struct hash_table * table,int in_libcall_block)2285 hash_scan_insn (rtx insn, struct hash_table *table, int in_libcall_block)
2286 {
2287   rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
2288   int i;
2289 
2290   if (in_libcall_block)
2291     return;
2292 
2293   /* Pick out the sets of INSN and for other forms of instructions record
2294      what's been modified.  */
2295 
2296   if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET)
2297     hash_scan_set (pat, insn, table);
2298   else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
2299     for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pat, 0); i++)
2300       {
2301 	rtx x = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
2302 
2303 	if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
2304 	  hash_scan_set (x, insn, table);
2305 	else if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
2306 	  hash_scan_clobber (x, insn, table);
2307 	else if (GET_CODE (x) == CALL)
2308 	  hash_scan_call (x, insn, table);
2309       }
2310 
2311   else if (GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER)
2312     hash_scan_clobber (pat, insn, table);
2313   else if (GET_CODE (pat) == CALL)
2314     hash_scan_call (pat, insn, table);
2315 }
2316 
2317 static void
dump_hash_table(FILE * file,const char * name,struct hash_table * table)2318 dump_hash_table (FILE *file, const char *name, struct hash_table *table)
2319 {
2320   int i;
2321   /* Flattened out table, so it's printed in proper order.  */
2322   struct expr **flat_table;
2323   unsigned int *hash_val;
2324   struct expr *expr;
2325 
2326   flat_table = xcalloc (table->n_elems, sizeof (struct expr *));
2327   hash_val = xmalloc (table->n_elems * sizeof (unsigned int));
2328 
2329   for (i = 0; i < (int) table->size; i++)
2330     for (expr = table->table[i]; expr != NULL; expr = expr->next_same_hash)
2331       {
2332 	flat_table[expr->bitmap_index] = expr;
2333 	hash_val[expr->bitmap_index] = i;
2334       }
2335 
2336   fprintf (file, "%s hash table (%d buckets, %d entries)\n",
2337 	   name, table->size, table->n_elems);
2338 
2339   for (i = 0; i < (int) table->n_elems; i++)
2340     if (flat_table[i] != 0)
2341       {
2342 	expr = flat_table[i];
2343 	fprintf (file, "Index %d (hash value %d)\n  ",
2344 		 expr->bitmap_index, hash_val[i]);
2345 	print_rtl (file, expr->expr);
2346 	fprintf (file, "\n");
2347       }
2348 
2349   fprintf (file, "\n");
2350 
2351   free (flat_table);
2352   free (hash_val);
2353 }
2354 
2355 /* Record register first/last/block set information for REGNO in INSN.
2356 
2357    first_set records the first place in the block where the register
2358    is set and is used to compute "anticipatability".
2359 
2360    last_set records the last place in the block where the register
2361    is set and is used to compute "availability".
2362 
2363    last_bb records the block for which first_set and last_set are
2364    valid, as a quick test to invalidate them.
2365 
2366    reg_set_in_block records whether the register is set in the block
2367    and is used to compute "transparency".  */
2368 
2369 static void
record_last_reg_set_info(rtx insn,int regno)2370 record_last_reg_set_info (rtx insn, int regno)
2371 {
2372   struct reg_avail_info *info = &reg_avail_info[regno];
2373   int cuid = INSN_CUID (insn);
2374 
2375   info->last_set = cuid;
2376   if (info->last_bb != current_bb)
2377     {
2378       info->last_bb = current_bb;
2379       info->first_set = cuid;
2380       SET_BIT (reg_set_in_block[current_bb->index], regno);
2381     }
2382 }
2383 
2384 
2385 /* Record all of the canonicalized MEMs of record_last_mem_set_info's insn.
2386    Note we store a pair of elements in the list, so they have to be
2387    taken off pairwise.  */
2388 
2389 static void
canon_list_insert(rtx dest ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,rtx unused1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,void * v_insn)2390 canon_list_insert (rtx dest ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx unused1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2391 		   void * v_insn)
2392 {
2393   rtx dest_addr, insn;
2394   int bb;
2395 
2396   while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
2397       || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
2398       || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
2399       || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
2400     dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
2401 
2402   /* If DEST is not a MEM, then it will not conflict with a load.  Note
2403      that function calls are assumed to clobber memory, but are handled
2404      elsewhere.  */
2405 
2406   if (GET_CODE (dest) != MEM)
2407     return;
2408 
2409   dest_addr = get_addr (XEXP (dest, 0));
2410   dest_addr = canon_rtx (dest_addr);
2411   insn = (rtx) v_insn;
2412   bb = BLOCK_NUM (insn);
2413 
2414   canon_modify_mem_list[bb] =
2415     alloc_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, dest_addr, canon_modify_mem_list[bb]);
2416   canon_modify_mem_list[bb] =
2417     alloc_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, dest, canon_modify_mem_list[bb]);
2418   bitmap_set_bit (canon_modify_mem_list_set, bb);
2419 }
2420 
2421 /* Record memory modification information for INSN.  We do not actually care
2422    about the memory location(s) that are set, or even how they are set (consider
2423    a CALL_INSN).  We merely need to record which insns modify memory.  */
2424 
2425 static void
record_last_mem_set_info(rtx insn)2426 record_last_mem_set_info (rtx insn)
2427 {
2428   int bb = BLOCK_NUM (insn);
2429 
2430   /* load_killed_in_block_p will handle the case of calls clobbering
2431      everything.  */
2432   modify_mem_list[bb] = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, modify_mem_list[bb]);
2433   bitmap_set_bit (modify_mem_list_set, bb);
2434 
2435   if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
2436     {
2437       /* Note that traversals of this loop (other than for free-ing)
2438 	 will break after encountering a CALL_INSN.  So, there's no
2439 	 need to insert a pair of items, as canon_list_insert does.  */
2440       canon_modify_mem_list[bb] =
2441 	alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, canon_modify_mem_list[bb]);
2442       bitmap_set_bit (canon_modify_mem_list_set, bb);
2443     }
2444   else
2445     note_stores (PATTERN (insn), canon_list_insert, (void*) insn);
2446 }
2447 
2448 /* Called from compute_hash_table via note_stores to handle one
2449    SET or CLOBBER in an insn.  DATA is really the instruction in which
2450    the SET is taking place.  */
2451 
2452 static void
record_last_set_info(rtx dest,rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,void * data)2453 record_last_set_info (rtx dest, rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data)
2454 {
2455   rtx last_set_insn = (rtx) data;
2456 
2457   if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG)
2458     dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);
2459 
2460   if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
2461     record_last_reg_set_info (last_set_insn, REGNO (dest));
2462   else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM
2463 	   /* Ignore pushes, they clobber nothing.  */
2464 	   && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
2465     record_last_mem_set_info (last_set_insn);
2466 }
2467 
2468 /* Top level function to create an expression or assignment hash table.
2469 
2470    Expression entries are placed in the hash table if
2471    - they are of the form (set (pseudo-reg) src),
2472    - src is something we want to perform GCSE on,
2473    - none of the operands are subsequently modified in the block
2474 
2475    Assignment entries are placed in the hash table if
2476    - they are of the form (set (pseudo-reg) src),
2477    - src is something we want to perform const/copy propagation on,
2478    - none of the operands or target are subsequently modified in the block
2479 
2480    Currently src must be a pseudo-reg or a const_int.
2481 
2482    TABLE is the table computed.  */
2483 
2484 static void
compute_hash_table_work(struct hash_table * table)2485 compute_hash_table_work (struct hash_table *table)
2486 {
2487   unsigned int i;
2488 
2489   /* While we compute the hash table we also compute a bit array of which
2490      registers are set in which blocks.
2491      ??? This isn't needed during const/copy propagation, but it's cheap to
2492      compute.  Later.  */
2493   sbitmap_vector_zero (reg_set_in_block, last_basic_block);
2494 
2495   /* re-Cache any INSN_LIST nodes we have allocated.  */
2496   clear_modify_mem_tables ();
2497   /* Some working arrays used to track first and last set in each block.  */
2498   reg_avail_info = gmalloc (max_gcse_regno * sizeof (struct reg_avail_info));
2499 
2500   for (i = 0; i < max_gcse_regno; ++i)
2501     reg_avail_info[i].last_bb = NULL;
2502 
2503   FOR_EACH_BB (current_bb)
2504     {
2505       rtx insn;
2506       unsigned int regno;
2507       int in_libcall_block;
2508 
2509       /* First pass over the instructions records information used to
2510 	 determine when registers and memory are first and last set.
2511 	 ??? hard-reg reg_set_in_block computation
2512 	 could be moved to compute_sets since they currently don't change.  */
2513 
2514       for (insn = BB_HEAD (current_bb);
2515 	   insn && insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (current_bb));
2516 	   insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2517 	{
2518 	  if (! INSN_P (insn))
2519 	    continue;
2520 
2521 	  if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
2522 	    {
2523 	      bool clobbers_all = false;
2524 #ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
2525 	      if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP
2526 		  && find_reg_note (insn, REG_SETJMP, NULL_RTX))
2527 		clobbers_all = true;
2528 #endif
2529 
2530 	      for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
2531 		if (clobbers_all
2532 		    || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, regno))
2533 		  record_last_reg_set_info (insn, regno);
2534 
2535 	      mark_call (insn);
2536 	    }
2537 
2538 	  note_stores (PATTERN (insn), record_last_set_info, insn);
2539 	}
2540 
2541       /* Insert implicit sets in the hash table.  */
2542       if (table->set_p
2543 	  && implicit_sets[current_bb->index] != NULL_RTX)
2544 	hash_scan_set (implicit_sets[current_bb->index],
2545 		       BB_HEAD (current_bb), table);
2546 
2547       /* The next pass builds the hash table.  */
2548 
2549       for (insn = BB_HEAD (current_bb), in_libcall_block = 0;
2550 	   insn && insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (current_bb));
2551 	   insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2552 	if (INSN_P (insn))
2553 	  {
2554 	    if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX))
2555 	      in_libcall_block = 1;
2556 	    else if (table->set_p && find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
2557 	      in_libcall_block = 0;
2558 	    hash_scan_insn (insn, table, in_libcall_block);
2559 	    if (!table->set_p && find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
2560 	      in_libcall_block = 0;
2561 	  }
2562     }
2563 
2564   free (reg_avail_info);
2565   reg_avail_info = NULL;
2566 }
2567 
2568 /* Allocate space for the set/expr hash TABLE.
2569    N_INSNS is the number of instructions in the function.
2570    It is used to determine the number of buckets to use.
2571    SET_P determines whether set or expression table will
2572    be created.  */
2573 
2574 static void
alloc_hash_table(int n_insns,struct hash_table * table,int set_p)2575 alloc_hash_table (int n_insns, struct hash_table *table, int set_p)
2576 {
2577   int n;
2578 
2579   table->size = n_insns / 4;
2580   if (table->size < 11)
2581     table->size = 11;
2582 
2583   /* Attempt to maintain efficient use of hash table.
2584      Making it an odd number is simplest for now.
2585      ??? Later take some measurements.  */
2586   table->size |= 1;
2587   n = table->size * sizeof (struct expr *);
2588   table->table = gmalloc (n);
2589   table->set_p = set_p;
2590 }
2591 
2592 /* Free things allocated by alloc_hash_table.  */
2593 
2594 static void
free_hash_table(struct hash_table * table)2595 free_hash_table (struct hash_table *table)
2596 {
2597   free (table->table);
2598 }
2599 
2600 /* Compute the hash TABLE for doing copy/const propagation or
2601    expression hash table.  */
2602 
2603 static void
compute_hash_table(struct hash_table * table)2604 compute_hash_table (struct hash_table *table)
2605 {
2606   /* Initialize count of number of entries in hash table.  */
2607   table->n_elems = 0;
2608   memset (table->table, 0, table->size * sizeof (struct expr *));
2609 
2610   compute_hash_table_work (table);
2611 }
2612 
2613 /* Expression tracking support.  */
2614 
2615 /* Lookup pattern PAT in the expression TABLE.
2616    The result is a pointer to the table entry, or NULL if not found.  */
2617 
2618 static struct expr *
lookup_expr(rtx pat,struct hash_table * table)2619 lookup_expr (rtx pat, struct hash_table *table)
2620 {
2621   int do_not_record_p;
2622   unsigned int hash = hash_expr (pat, GET_MODE (pat), &do_not_record_p,
2623 				 table->size);
2624   struct expr *expr;
2625 
2626   if (do_not_record_p)
2627     return NULL;
2628 
2629   expr = table->table[hash];
2630 
2631   while (expr && ! expr_equiv_p (expr->expr, pat))
2632     expr = expr->next_same_hash;
2633 
2634   return expr;
2635 }
2636 
2637 /* Lookup REGNO in the set TABLE.  The result is a pointer to the
2638    table entry, or NULL if not found.  */
2639 
2640 static struct expr *
lookup_set(unsigned int regno,struct hash_table * table)2641 lookup_set (unsigned int regno, struct hash_table *table)
2642 {
2643   unsigned int hash = hash_set (regno, table->size);
2644   struct expr *expr;
2645 
2646   expr = table->table[hash];
2647 
2648   while (expr && REGNO (SET_DEST (expr->expr)) != regno)
2649     expr = expr->next_same_hash;
2650 
2651   return expr;
2652 }
2653 
2654 /* Return the next entry for REGNO in list EXPR.  */
2655 
2656 static struct expr *
next_set(unsigned int regno,struct expr * expr)2657 next_set (unsigned int regno, struct expr *expr)
2658 {
2659   do
2660     expr = expr->next_same_hash;
2661   while (expr && REGNO (SET_DEST (expr->expr)) != regno);
2662 
2663   return expr;
2664 }
2665 
2666 /* Like free_INSN_LIST_list or free_EXPR_LIST_list, except that the node
2667    types may be mixed.  */
2668 
2669 static void
free_insn_expr_list_list(rtx * listp)2670 free_insn_expr_list_list (rtx *listp)
2671 {
2672   rtx list, next;
2673 
2674   for (list = *listp; list ; list = next)
2675     {
2676       next = XEXP (list, 1);
2677       if (GET_CODE (list) == EXPR_LIST)
2678 	free_EXPR_LIST_node (list);
2679       else
2680 	free_INSN_LIST_node (list);
2681     }
2682 
2683   *listp = NULL;
2684 }
2685 
2686 /* Clear canon_modify_mem_list and modify_mem_list tables.  */
2687 static void
clear_modify_mem_tables(void)2688 clear_modify_mem_tables (void)
2689 {
2690   int i;
2691 
2692   EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP
2693     (modify_mem_list_set, 0, i, free_INSN_LIST_list (modify_mem_list + i));
2694   bitmap_clear (modify_mem_list_set);
2695 
2696   EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP
2697     (canon_modify_mem_list_set, 0, i,
2698      free_insn_expr_list_list (canon_modify_mem_list + i));
2699   bitmap_clear (canon_modify_mem_list_set);
2700 }
2701 
2702 /* Release memory used by modify_mem_list_set and canon_modify_mem_list_set.  */
2703 
2704 static void
free_modify_mem_tables(void)2705 free_modify_mem_tables (void)
2706 {
2707   clear_modify_mem_tables ();
2708   free (modify_mem_list);
2709   free (canon_modify_mem_list);
2710   modify_mem_list = 0;
2711   canon_modify_mem_list = 0;
2712 }
2713 
2714 /* Reset tables used to keep track of what's still available [since the
2715    start of the block].  */
2716 
2717 static void
reset_opr_set_tables(void)2718 reset_opr_set_tables (void)
2719 {
2720   /* Maintain a bitmap of which regs have been set since beginning of
2721      the block.  */
2722   CLEAR_REG_SET (reg_set_bitmap);
2723 
2724   /* Also keep a record of the last instruction to modify memory.
2725      For now this is very trivial, we only record whether any memory
2726      location has been modified.  */
2727   clear_modify_mem_tables ();
2728 }
2729 
2730 /* Return nonzero if the operands of X are not set before INSN in
2731    INSN's basic block.  */
2732 
2733 static int
oprs_not_set_p(rtx x,rtx insn)2734 oprs_not_set_p (rtx x, rtx insn)
2735 {
2736   int i, j;
2737   enum rtx_code code;
2738   const char *fmt;
2739 
2740   if (x == 0)
2741     return 1;
2742 
2743   code = GET_CODE (x);
2744   switch (code)
2745     {
2746     case PC:
2747     case CC0:
2748     case CONST:
2749     case CONST_INT:
2750     case CONST_DOUBLE:
2751     case CONST_VECTOR:
2752     case SYMBOL_REF:
2753     case LABEL_REF:
2754     case ADDR_VEC:
2755     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
2756       return 1;
2757 
2758     case MEM:
2759       if (load_killed_in_block_p (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn),
2760 				  INSN_CUID (insn), x, 0))
2761 	return 0;
2762       else
2763 	return oprs_not_set_p (XEXP (x, 0), insn);
2764 
2765     case REG:
2766       return ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (reg_set_bitmap, REGNO (x));
2767 
2768     default:
2769       break;
2770     }
2771 
2772   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i >= 0; i--)
2773     {
2774       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
2775 	{
2776 	  /* If we are about to do the last recursive call
2777 	     needed at this level, change it into iteration.
2778 	     This function is called enough to be worth it.  */
2779 	  if (i == 0)
2780 	    return oprs_not_set_p (XEXP (x, i), insn);
2781 
2782 	  if (! oprs_not_set_p (XEXP (x, i), insn))
2783 	    return 0;
2784 	}
2785       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
2786 	for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2787 	  if (! oprs_not_set_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn))
2788 	    return 0;
2789     }
2790 
2791   return 1;
2792 }
2793 
2794 /* Mark things set by a CALL.  */
2795 
2796 static void
mark_call(rtx insn)2797 mark_call (rtx insn)
2798 {
2799   if (! CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn))
2800     record_last_mem_set_info (insn);
2801 }
2802 
2803 /* Mark things set by a SET.  */
2804 
2805 static void
mark_set(rtx pat,rtx insn)2806 mark_set (rtx pat, rtx insn)
2807 {
2808   rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat);
2809 
2810   while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
2811 	 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
2812 	 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
2813 	 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
2814     dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
2815 
2816   if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
2817     SET_REGNO_REG_SET (reg_set_bitmap, REGNO (dest));
2818   else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
2819     record_last_mem_set_info (insn);
2820 
2821   if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == CALL)
2822     mark_call (insn);
2823 }
2824 
2825 /* Record things set by a CLOBBER.  */
2826 
2827 static void
mark_clobber(rtx pat,rtx insn)2828 mark_clobber (rtx pat, rtx insn)
2829 {
2830   rtx clob = XEXP (pat, 0);
2831 
2832   while (GET_CODE (clob) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (clob) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
2833     clob = XEXP (clob, 0);
2834 
2835   if (GET_CODE (clob) == REG)
2836     SET_REGNO_REG_SET (reg_set_bitmap, REGNO (clob));
2837   else
2838     record_last_mem_set_info (insn);
2839 }
2840 
2841 /* Record things set by INSN.
2842    This data is used by oprs_not_set_p.  */
2843 
2844 static void
mark_oprs_set(rtx insn)2845 mark_oprs_set (rtx insn)
2846 {
2847   rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
2848   int i;
2849 
2850   if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET)
2851     mark_set (pat, insn);
2852   else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
2853     for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pat, 0); i++)
2854       {
2855 	rtx x = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
2856 
2857 	if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
2858 	  mark_set (x, insn);
2859 	else if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
2860 	  mark_clobber (x, insn);
2861 	else if (GET_CODE (x) == CALL)
2862 	  mark_call (insn);
2863       }
2864 
2865   else if (GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER)
2866     mark_clobber (pat, insn);
2867   else if (GET_CODE (pat) == CALL)
2868     mark_call (insn);
2869 }
2870 
2871 
2872 /* Classic GCSE reaching definition support.  */
2873 
2874 /* Allocate reaching def variables.  */
2875 
2876 static void
alloc_rd_mem(int n_blocks,int n_insns)2877 alloc_rd_mem (int n_blocks, int n_insns)
2878 {
2879   rd_kill = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_insns);
2880   sbitmap_vector_zero (rd_kill, n_blocks);
2881 
2882   rd_gen = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_insns);
2883   sbitmap_vector_zero (rd_gen, n_blocks);
2884 
2885   reaching_defs = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_insns);
2886   sbitmap_vector_zero (reaching_defs, n_blocks);
2887 
2888   rd_out = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_insns);
2889   sbitmap_vector_zero (rd_out, n_blocks);
2890 }
2891 
2892 /* Free reaching def variables.  */
2893 
2894 static void
free_rd_mem(void)2895 free_rd_mem (void)
2896 {
2897   sbitmap_vector_free (rd_kill);
2898   sbitmap_vector_free (rd_gen);
2899   sbitmap_vector_free (reaching_defs);
2900   sbitmap_vector_free (rd_out);
2901 }
2902 
2903 /* Add INSN to the kills of BB.  REGNO, set in BB, is killed by INSN.  */
2904 
2905 static void
handle_rd_kill_set(rtx insn,int regno,basic_block bb)2906 handle_rd_kill_set (rtx insn, int regno, basic_block bb)
2907 {
2908   struct reg_set *this_reg;
2909 
2910   for (this_reg = reg_set_table[regno]; this_reg; this_reg = this_reg ->next)
2911     if (BLOCK_NUM (this_reg->insn) != BLOCK_NUM (insn))
2912       SET_BIT (rd_kill[bb->index], INSN_CUID (this_reg->insn));
2913 }
2914 
2915 /* Compute the set of kill's for reaching definitions.  */
2916 
2917 static void
compute_kill_rd(void)2918 compute_kill_rd (void)
2919 {
2920   int cuid;
2921   unsigned int regno;
2922   int i;
2923   basic_block bb;
2924 
2925   /* For each block
2926        For each set bit in `gen' of the block (i.e each insn which
2927 	   generates a definition in the block)
2928 	 Call the reg set by the insn corresponding to that bit regx
2929 	 Look at the linked list starting at reg_set_table[regx]
2930 	 For each setting of regx in the linked list, which is not in
2931 	     this block
2932 	   Set the bit in `kill' corresponding to that insn.  */
2933   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
2934     for (cuid = 0; cuid < max_cuid; cuid++)
2935       if (TEST_BIT (rd_gen[bb->index], cuid))
2936 	{
2937 	  rtx insn = CUID_INSN (cuid);
2938 	  rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
2939 
2940 	  if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
2941 	    {
2942 	      for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
2943 		if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, regno))
2944 		  handle_rd_kill_set (insn, regno, bb);
2945 	    }
2946 
2947 	  if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
2948 	    {
2949 	      for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2950 		{
2951 		  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i));
2952 
2953 		  if ((code == SET || code == CLOBBER)
2954 		      && GET_CODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i), 0)) == REG)
2955 		    handle_rd_kill_set (insn,
2956 					REGNO (XEXP (XVECEXP (pat, 0, i), 0)),
2957 					bb);
2958 		}
2959 	    }
2960 	  else if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG)
2961 	    /* Each setting of this register outside of this block
2962 	       must be marked in the set of kills in this block.  */
2963 	    handle_rd_kill_set (insn, REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)), bb);
2964 	}
2965 }
2966 
2967 /* Compute the reaching definitions as in
2968    Compilers Principles, Techniques, and Tools. Aho, Sethi, Ullman,
2969    Chapter 10.  It is the same algorithm as used for computing available
2970    expressions but applied to the gens and kills of reaching definitions.  */
2971 
2972 static void
compute_rd(void)2973 compute_rd (void)
2974 {
2975   int changed, passes;
2976   basic_block bb;
2977 
2978   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
2979     sbitmap_copy (rd_out[bb->index] /*dst*/, rd_gen[bb->index] /*src*/);
2980 
2981   passes = 0;
2982   changed = 1;
2983   while (changed)
2984     {
2985       changed = 0;
2986       FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
2987 	{
2988 	  sbitmap_union_of_preds (reaching_defs[bb->index], rd_out, bb->index);
2989 	  changed |= sbitmap_union_of_diff_cg (rd_out[bb->index], rd_gen[bb->index],
2990 					       reaching_defs[bb->index], rd_kill[bb->index]);
2991 	}
2992       passes++;
2993     }
2994 
2995   if (gcse_file)
2996     fprintf (gcse_file, "reaching def computation: %d passes\n", passes);
2997 }
2998 
2999 /* Classic GCSE available expression support.  */
3000 
3001 /* Allocate memory for available expression computation.  */
3002 
3003 static void
alloc_avail_expr_mem(int n_blocks,int n_exprs)3004 alloc_avail_expr_mem (int n_blocks, int n_exprs)
3005 {
3006   ae_kill = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
3007   sbitmap_vector_zero (ae_kill, n_blocks);
3008 
3009   ae_gen = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
3010   sbitmap_vector_zero (ae_gen, n_blocks);
3011 
3012   ae_in = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
3013   sbitmap_vector_zero (ae_in, n_blocks);
3014 
3015   ae_out = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
3016   sbitmap_vector_zero (ae_out, n_blocks);
3017 }
3018 
3019 static void
free_avail_expr_mem(void)3020 free_avail_expr_mem (void)
3021 {
3022   sbitmap_vector_free (ae_kill);
3023   sbitmap_vector_free (ae_gen);
3024   sbitmap_vector_free (ae_in);
3025   sbitmap_vector_free (ae_out);
3026 }
3027 
3028 /* Compute the set of available expressions generated in each basic block.  */
3029 
3030 static void
compute_ae_gen(struct hash_table * expr_hash_table)3031 compute_ae_gen (struct hash_table *expr_hash_table)
3032 {
3033   unsigned int i;
3034   struct expr *expr;
3035   struct occr *occr;
3036 
3037   /* For each recorded occurrence of each expression, set ae_gen[bb][expr].
3038      This is all we have to do because an expression is not recorded if it
3039      is not available, and the only expressions we want to work with are the
3040      ones that are recorded.  */
3041   for (i = 0; i < expr_hash_table->size; i++)
3042     for (expr = expr_hash_table->table[i]; expr != 0; expr = expr->next_same_hash)
3043       for (occr = expr->avail_occr; occr != 0; occr = occr->next)
3044 	SET_BIT (ae_gen[BLOCK_NUM (occr->insn)], expr->bitmap_index);
3045 }
3046 
3047 /* Return nonzero if expression X is killed in BB.  */
3048 
3049 static int
expr_killed_p(rtx x,basic_block bb)3050 expr_killed_p (rtx x, basic_block bb)
3051 {
3052   int i, j;
3053   enum rtx_code code;
3054   const char *fmt;
3055 
3056   if (x == 0)
3057     return 1;
3058 
3059   code = GET_CODE (x);
3060   switch (code)
3061     {
3062     case REG:
3063       return TEST_BIT (reg_set_in_block[bb->index], REGNO (x));
3064 
3065     case MEM:
3066       if (load_killed_in_block_p (bb, get_max_uid () + 1, x, 0))
3067 	return 1;
3068       else
3069 	return expr_killed_p (XEXP (x, 0), bb);
3070 
3071     case PC:
3072     case CC0: /*FIXME*/
3073     case CONST:
3074     case CONST_INT:
3075     case CONST_DOUBLE:
3076     case CONST_VECTOR:
3077     case SYMBOL_REF:
3078     case LABEL_REF:
3079     case ADDR_VEC:
3080     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
3081       return 0;
3082 
3083     default:
3084       break;
3085     }
3086 
3087   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i >= 0; i--)
3088     {
3089       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3090 	{
3091 	  /* If we are about to do the last recursive call
3092 	     needed at this level, change it into iteration.
3093 	     This function is called enough to be worth it.  */
3094 	  if (i == 0)
3095 	    return expr_killed_p (XEXP (x, i), bb);
3096 	  else if (expr_killed_p (XEXP (x, i), bb))
3097 	    return 1;
3098 	}
3099       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3100 	for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3101 	  if (expr_killed_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), bb))
3102 	    return 1;
3103     }
3104 
3105   return 0;
3106 }
3107 
3108 /* Compute the set of available expressions killed in each basic block.  */
3109 
3110 static void
compute_ae_kill(sbitmap * ae_gen,sbitmap * ae_kill,struct hash_table * expr_hash_table)3111 compute_ae_kill (sbitmap *ae_gen, sbitmap *ae_kill,
3112 		 struct hash_table *expr_hash_table)
3113 {
3114   basic_block bb;
3115   unsigned int i;
3116   struct expr *expr;
3117 
3118   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
3119     for (i = 0; i < expr_hash_table->size; i++)
3120       for (expr = expr_hash_table->table[i]; expr; expr = expr->next_same_hash)
3121 	{
3122 	  /* Skip EXPR if generated in this block.  */
3123 	  if (TEST_BIT (ae_gen[bb->index], expr->bitmap_index))
3124 	    continue;
3125 
3126 	  if (expr_killed_p (expr->expr, bb))
3127 	    SET_BIT (ae_kill[bb->index], expr->bitmap_index);
3128 	}
3129 }
3130 
3131 /* Actually perform the Classic GCSE optimizations.  */
3132 
3133 /* Return nonzero if occurrence OCCR of expression EXPR reaches block BB.
3134 
3135    CHECK_SELF_LOOP is nonzero if we should consider a block reaching itself
3136    as a positive reach.  We want to do this when there are two computations
3137    of the expression in the block.
3138 
3139    VISITED is a pointer to a working buffer for tracking which BB's have
3140    been visited.  It is NULL for the top-level call.
3141 
3142    We treat reaching expressions that go through blocks containing the same
3143    reaching expression as "not reaching".  E.g. if EXPR is generated in blocks
3144    2 and 3, INSN is in block 4, and 2->3->4, we treat the expression in block
3145    2 as not reaching.  The intent is to improve the probability of finding
3146    only one reaching expression and to reduce register lifetimes by picking
3147    the closest such expression.  */
3148 
3149 static int
expr_reaches_here_p_work(struct occr * occr,struct expr * expr,basic_block bb,int check_self_loop,char * visited)3150 expr_reaches_here_p_work (struct occr *occr, struct expr *expr,
3151 			  basic_block bb, int check_self_loop, char *visited)
3152 {
3153   edge pred;
3154 
3155   for (pred = bb->pred; pred != NULL; pred = pred->pred_next)
3156     {
3157       basic_block pred_bb = pred->src;
3158 
3159       if (visited[pred_bb->index])
3160 	/* This predecessor has already been visited. Nothing to do.  */
3161 	  ;
3162       else if (pred_bb == bb)
3163 	{
3164 	  /* BB loops on itself.  */
3165 	  if (check_self_loop
3166 	      && TEST_BIT (ae_gen[pred_bb->index], expr->bitmap_index)
3167 	      && BLOCK_NUM (occr->insn) == pred_bb->index)
3168 	    return 1;
3169 
3170 	  visited[pred_bb->index] = 1;
3171 	}
3172 
3173       /* Ignore this predecessor if it kills the expression.  */
3174       else if (TEST_BIT (ae_kill[pred_bb->index], expr->bitmap_index))
3175 	visited[pred_bb->index] = 1;
3176 
3177       /* Does this predecessor generate this expression?  */
3178       else if (TEST_BIT (ae_gen[pred_bb->index], expr->bitmap_index))
3179 	{
3180 	  /* Is this the occurrence we're looking for?
3181 	     Note that there's only one generating occurrence per block
3182 	     so we just need to check the block number.  */
3183 	  if (BLOCK_NUM (occr->insn) == pred_bb->index)
3184 	    return 1;
3185 
3186 	  visited[pred_bb->index] = 1;
3187 	}
3188 
3189       /* Neither gen nor kill.  */
3190       else
3191 	{
3192 	  visited[pred_bb->index] = 1;
3193 	  if (expr_reaches_here_p_work (occr, expr, pred_bb, check_self_loop,
3194 	      visited))
3195 
3196 	    return 1;
3197 	}
3198     }
3199 
3200   /* All paths have been checked.  */
3201   return 0;
3202 }
3203 
3204 /* This wrapper for expr_reaches_here_p_work() is to ensure that any
3205    memory allocated for that function is returned.  */
3206 
3207 static int
expr_reaches_here_p(struct occr * occr,struct expr * expr,basic_block bb,int check_self_loop)3208 expr_reaches_here_p (struct occr *occr, struct expr *expr, basic_block bb,
3209 		     int check_self_loop)
3210 {
3211   int rval;
3212   char *visited = xcalloc (last_basic_block, 1);
3213 
3214   rval = expr_reaches_here_p_work (occr, expr, bb, check_self_loop, visited);
3215 
3216   free (visited);
3217   return rval;
3218 }
3219 
3220 /* Return the instruction that computes EXPR that reaches INSN's basic block.
3221    If there is more than one such instruction, return NULL.
3222 
3223    Called only by handle_avail_expr.  */
3224 
3225 static rtx
computing_insn(struct expr * expr,rtx insn)3226 computing_insn (struct expr *expr, rtx insn)
3227 {
3228   basic_block bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn);
3229 
3230   if (expr->avail_occr->next == NULL)
3231     {
3232       if (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (expr->avail_occr->insn) == bb)
3233 	/* The available expression is actually itself
3234 	   (i.e. a loop in the flow graph) so do nothing.  */
3235 	return NULL;
3236 
3237       /* (FIXME) Case that we found a pattern that was created by
3238 	 a substitution that took place.  */
3239       return expr->avail_occr->insn;
3240     }
3241   else
3242     {
3243       /* Pattern is computed more than once.
3244 	 Search backwards from this insn to see how many of these
3245 	 computations actually reach this insn.  */
3246       struct occr *occr;
3247       rtx insn_computes_expr = NULL;
3248       int can_reach = 0;
3249 
3250       for (occr = expr->avail_occr; occr != NULL; occr = occr->next)
3251 	{
3252 	  if (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (occr->insn) == bb)
3253 	    {
3254 	      /* The expression is generated in this block.
3255 		 The only time we care about this is when the expression
3256 		 is generated later in the block [and thus there's a loop].
3257 		 We let the normal cse pass handle the other cases.  */
3258 	      if (INSN_CUID (insn) < INSN_CUID (occr->insn)
3259 		  && expr_reaches_here_p (occr, expr, bb, 1))
3260 		{
3261 		  can_reach++;
3262 		  if (can_reach > 1)
3263 		    return NULL;
3264 
3265 		  insn_computes_expr = occr->insn;
3266 		}
3267 	    }
3268 	  else if (expr_reaches_here_p (occr, expr, bb, 0))
3269 	    {
3270 	      can_reach++;
3271 	      if (can_reach > 1)
3272 		return NULL;
3273 
3274 	      insn_computes_expr = occr->insn;
3275 	    }
3276 	}
3277 
3278       if (insn_computes_expr == NULL)
3279 	abort ();
3280 
3281       return insn_computes_expr;
3282     }
3283 }
3284 
3285 /* Return nonzero if the definition in DEF_INSN can reach INSN.
3286    Only called by can_disregard_other_sets.  */
3287 
3288 static int
def_reaches_here_p(rtx insn,rtx def_insn)3289 def_reaches_here_p (rtx insn, rtx def_insn)
3290 {
3291   rtx reg;
3292 
3293   if (TEST_BIT (reaching_defs[BLOCK_NUM (insn)], INSN_CUID (def_insn)))
3294     return 1;
3295 
3296   if (BLOCK_NUM (insn) == BLOCK_NUM (def_insn))
3297     {
3298       if (INSN_CUID (def_insn) < INSN_CUID (insn))
3299 	{
3300 	  if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (def_insn)) == PARALLEL)
3301 	    return 1;
3302 	  else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (def_insn)) == CLOBBER)
3303 	    reg = XEXP (PATTERN (def_insn), 0);
3304 	  else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (def_insn)) == SET)
3305 	    reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (def_insn));
3306 	  else
3307 	    abort ();
3308 
3309 	  return ! reg_set_between_p (reg, NEXT_INSN (def_insn), insn);
3310 	}
3311       else
3312 	return 0;
3313     }
3314 
3315   return 0;
3316 }
3317 
3318 /* Return nonzero if *ADDR_THIS_REG can only have one value at INSN.  The
3319    value returned is the number of definitions that reach INSN.  Returning a
3320    value of zero means that [maybe] more than one definition reaches INSN and
3321    the caller can't perform whatever optimization it is trying.  i.e. it is
3322    always safe to return zero.  */
3323 
3324 static int
can_disregard_other_sets(struct reg_set ** addr_this_reg,rtx insn,int for_combine)3325 can_disregard_other_sets (struct reg_set **addr_this_reg, rtx insn, int for_combine)
3326 {
3327   int number_of_reaching_defs = 0;
3328   struct reg_set *this_reg;
3329 
3330   for (this_reg = *addr_this_reg; this_reg != 0; this_reg = this_reg->next)
3331     if (def_reaches_here_p (insn, this_reg->insn))
3332       {
3333 	number_of_reaching_defs++;
3334 	/* Ignore parallels for now.  */
3335 	if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (this_reg->insn)) == PARALLEL)
3336 	  return 0;
3337 
3338 	if (!for_combine
3339 	    && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (this_reg->insn)) == CLOBBER
3340 		|| ! rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (this_reg->insn)),
3341 				  SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)))))
3342 	  /* A setting of the reg to a different value reaches INSN.  */
3343 	  return 0;
3344 
3345 	if (number_of_reaching_defs > 1)
3346 	  {
3347 	    /* If in this setting the value the register is being set to is
3348 	       equal to the previous value the register was set to and this
3349 	       setting reaches the insn we are trying to do the substitution
3350 	       on then we are ok.  */
3351 	    if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (this_reg->insn)) == CLOBBER)
3352 	      return 0;
3353 	    else if (! rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (this_reg->insn)),
3354 				    SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))))
3355 	      return 0;
3356 	  }
3357 
3358 	*addr_this_reg = this_reg;
3359       }
3360 
3361   return number_of_reaching_defs;
3362 }
3363 
3364 /* Expression computed by insn is available and the substitution is legal,
3365    so try to perform the substitution.
3366 
3367    The result is nonzero if any changes were made.  */
3368 
3369 static int
handle_avail_expr(rtx insn,struct expr * expr)3370 handle_avail_expr (rtx insn, struct expr *expr)
3371 {
3372   rtx pat, insn_computes_expr, expr_set;
3373   rtx to;
3374   struct reg_set *this_reg;
3375   int found_setting, use_src;
3376   int changed = 0;
3377 
3378   /* We only handle the case where one computation of the expression
3379      reaches this instruction.  */
3380   insn_computes_expr = computing_insn (expr, insn);
3381   if (insn_computes_expr == NULL)
3382     return 0;
3383   expr_set = single_set (insn_computes_expr);
3384   /* The set might be in a parallel with multiple sets; we could
3385      probably handle that, but there's currently no easy way to find
3386      the relevant sub-expression.  */
3387   if (!expr_set)
3388     return 0;
3389 
3390   found_setting = 0;
3391   use_src = 0;
3392 
3393   /* At this point we know only one computation of EXPR outside of this
3394      block reaches this insn.  Now try to find a register that the
3395      expression is computed into.  */
3396   if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (expr_set)) == REG)
3397     {
3398       /* This is the case when the available expression that reaches
3399 	 here has already been handled as an available expression.  */
3400       unsigned int regnum_for_replacing
3401 	= REGNO (SET_SRC (expr_set));
3402 
3403       /* If the register was created by GCSE we can't use `reg_set_table',
3404 	 however we know it's set only once.  */
3405       if (regnum_for_replacing >= max_gcse_regno
3406 	  /* If the register the expression is computed into is set only once,
3407 	     or only one set reaches this insn, we can use it.  */
3408 	  || (((this_reg = reg_set_table[regnum_for_replacing]),
3409 	       this_reg->next == NULL)
3410 	      || can_disregard_other_sets (&this_reg, insn, 0)))
3411 	{
3412 	  use_src = 1;
3413 	  found_setting = 1;
3414 	}
3415     }
3416 
3417   if (!found_setting)
3418     {
3419       unsigned int regnum_for_replacing
3420 	= REGNO (SET_DEST (expr_set));
3421 
3422       /* This shouldn't happen.  */
3423       if (regnum_for_replacing >= max_gcse_regno)
3424 	abort ();
3425 
3426       this_reg = reg_set_table[regnum_for_replacing];
3427 
3428       /* If the register the expression is computed into is set only once,
3429 	 or only one set reaches this insn, use it.  */
3430       if (this_reg->next == NULL
3431 	  || can_disregard_other_sets (&this_reg, insn, 0))
3432 	found_setting = 1;
3433     }
3434 
3435   if (found_setting)
3436     {
3437       pat = PATTERN (insn);
3438       if (use_src)
3439 	to = SET_SRC (expr_set);
3440       else
3441 	to = SET_DEST (expr_set);
3442       changed = validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (pat), to, 0);
3443 
3444       /* We should be able to ignore the return code from validate_change but
3445 	 to play it safe we check.  */
3446       if (changed)
3447 	{
3448 	  gcse_subst_count++;
3449 	  if (gcse_file != NULL)
3450 	    {
3451 	      fprintf (gcse_file, "GCSE: Replacing the source in insn %d with",
3452 		       INSN_UID (insn));
3453 	      fprintf (gcse_file, " reg %d %s insn %d\n",
3454 		       REGNO (to), use_src ? "from" : "set in",
3455 		       INSN_UID (insn_computes_expr));
3456 	    }
3457 	}
3458     }
3459 
3460   /* The register that the expr is computed into is set more than once.  */
3461   else if (1 /*expensive_op(this_pattrn->op) && do_expensive_gcse)*/)
3462     {
3463       /* Insert an insn after insnx that copies the reg set in insnx
3464 	 into a new pseudo register call this new register REGN.
3465 	 From insnb until end of basic block or until REGB is set
3466 	 replace all uses of REGB with REGN.  */
3467       rtx new_insn;
3468 
3469       to = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (expr_set)));
3470 
3471       /* Generate the new insn.  */
3472       /* ??? If the change fails, we return 0, even though we created
3473 	 an insn.  I think this is ok.  */
3474       new_insn
3475 	= emit_insn_after (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, to,
3476 					SET_DEST (expr_set)),
3477 			   insn_computes_expr);
3478 
3479       /* Keep register set table up to date.  */
3480       record_one_set (REGNO (to), new_insn);
3481 
3482       gcse_create_count++;
3483       if (gcse_file != NULL)
3484 	{
3485 	  fprintf (gcse_file, "GCSE: Creating insn %d to copy value of reg %d",
3486 		   INSN_UID (NEXT_INSN (insn_computes_expr)),
3487 		   REGNO (SET_SRC (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (insn_computes_expr)))));
3488 	  fprintf (gcse_file, ", computed in insn %d,\n",
3489 		   INSN_UID (insn_computes_expr));
3490 	  fprintf (gcse_file, "      into newly allocated reg %d\n",
3491 		   REGNO (to));
3492 	}
3493 
3494       pat = PATTERN (insn);
3495 
3496       /* Do register replacement for INSN.  */
3497       changed = validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (pat),
3498 				 SET_DEST (PATTERN
3499 					   (NEXT_INSN (insn_computes_expr))),
3500 				 0);
3501 
3502       /* We should be able to ignore the return code from validate_change but
3503 	 to play it safe we check.  */
3504       if (changed)
3505 	{
3506 	  gcse_subst_count++;
3507 	  if (gcse_file != NULL)
3508 	    {
3509 	      fprintf (gcse_file,
3510 		       "GCSE: Replacing the source in insn %d with reg %d ",
3511 		       INSN_UID (insn),
3512 		       REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN
3513 						 (insn_computes_expr)))));
3514 	      fprintf (gcse_file, "set in insn %d\n",
3515 		       INSN_UID (insn_computes_expr));
3516 	    }
3517 	}
3518     }
3519 
3520   return changed;
3521 }
3522 
3523 /* Perform classic GCSE.  This is called by one_classic_gcse_pass after all
3524    the dataflow analysis has been done.
3525 
3526    The result is nonzero if a change was made.  */
3527 
3528 static int
classic_gcse(void)3529 classic_gcse (void)
3530 {
3531   int changed;
3532   rtx insn;
3533   basic_block bb;
3534 
3535   /* Note we start at block 1.  */
3536 
3537   if (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
3538     return 0;
3539 
3540   changed = 0;
3541   FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->next_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb)
3542     {
3543       /* Reset tables used to keep track of what's still valid [since the
3544 	 start of the block].  */
3545       reset_opr_set_tables ();
3546 
3547       for (insn = BB_HEAD (bb);
3548 	   insn != NULL && insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb));
3549 	   insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
3550 	{
3551 	  /* Is insn of form (set (pseudo-reg) ...)?  */
3552 	  if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
3553 	      && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
3554 	      && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn))) == REG
3555 	      && REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3556 	    {
3557 	      rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
3558 	      rtx src = SET_SRC (pat);
3559 	      struct expr *expr;
3560 
3561 	      if (want_to_gcse_p (src)
3562 		  /* Is the expression recorded?  */
3563 		  && ((expr = lookup_expr (src, &expr_hash_table)) != NULL)
3564 		  /* Is the expression available [at the start of the
3565 		     block]?  */
3566 		  && TEST_BIT (ae_in[bb->index], expr->bitmap_index)
3567 		  /* Are the operands unchanged since the start of the
3568 		     block?  */
3569 		  && oprs_not_set_p (src, insn))
3570 		changed |= handle_avail_expr (insn, expr);
3571 	    }
3572 
3573 	  /* Keep track of everything modified by this insn.  */
3574 	  /* ??? Need to be careful w.r.t. mods done to INSN.  */
3575 	  if (INSN_P (insn))
3576 	    mark_oprs_set (insn);
3577 	}
3578     }
3579 
3580   return changed;
3581 }
3582 
3583 /* Top level routine to perform one classic GCSE pass.
3584 
3585    Return nonzero if a change was made.  */
3586 
3587 static int
one_classic_gcse_pass(int pass)3588 one_classic_gcse_pass (int pass)
3589 {
3590   int changed = 0;
3591 
3592   gcse_subst_count = 0;
3593   gcse_create_count = 0;
3594 
3595   alloc_hash_table (max_cuid, &expr_hash_table, 0);
3596   alloc_rd_mem (last_basic_block, max_cuid);
3597   compute_hash_table (&expr_hash_table);
3598   if (gcse_file)
3599     dump_hash_table (gcse_file, "Expression", &expr_hash_table);
3600 
3601   if (expr_hash_table.n_elems > 0)
3602     {
3603       compute_kill_rd ();
3604       compute_rd ();
3605       alloc_avail_expr_mem (last_basic_block, expr_hash_table.n_elems);
3606       compute_ae_gen (&expr_hash_table);
3607       compute_ae_kill (ae_gen, ae_kill, &expr_hash_table);
3608       compute_available (ae_gen, ae_kill, ae_out, ae_in);
3609       changed = classic_gcse ();
3610       free_avail_expr_mem ();
3611     }
3612 
3613   free_rd_mem ();
3614   free_hash_table (&expr_hash_table);
3615 
3616   if (gcse_file)
3617     {
3618       fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
3619       fprintf (gcse_file, "GCSE of %s, pass %d: %d bytes needed, %d substs,",
3620 	       current_function_name (), pass, bytes_used, gcse_subst_count);
3621       fprintf (gcse_file, "%d insns created\n", gcse_create_count);
3622     }
3623 
3624   return changed;
3625 }
3626 
3627 /* Compute copy/constant propagation working variables.  */
3628 
3629 /* Local properties of assignments.  */
3630 static sbitmap *cprop_pavloc;
3631 static sbitmap *cprop_absaltered;
3632 
3633 /* Global properties of assignments (computed from the local properties).  */
3634 static sbitmap *cprop_avin;
3635 static sbitmap *cprop_avout;
3636 
3637 /* Allocate vars used for copy/const propagation.  N_BLOCKS is the number of
3638    basic blocks.  N_SETS is the number of sets.  */
3639 
3640 static void
alloc_cprop_mem(int n_blocks,int n_sets)3641 alloc_cprop_mem (int n_blocks, int n_sets)
3642 {
3643   cprop_pavloc = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_sets);
3644   cprop_absaltered = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_sets);
3645 
3646   cprop_avin = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_sets);
3647   cprop_avout = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_sets);
3648 }
3649 
3650 /* Free vars used by copy/const propagation.  */
3651 
3652 static void
free_cprop_mem(void)3653 free_cprop_mem (void)
3654 {
3655   sbitmap_vector_free (cprop_pavloc);
3656   sbitmap_vector_free (cprop_absaltered);
3657   sbitmap_vector_free (cprop_avin);
3658   sbitmap_vector_free (cprop_avout);
3659 }
3660 
3661 /* For each block, compute whether X is transparent.  X is either an
3662    expression or an assignment [though we don't care which, for this context
3663    an assignment is treated as an expression].  For each block where an
3664    element of X is modified, set (SET_P == 1) or reset (SET_P == 0) the INDX
3665    bit in BMAP.  */
3666 
3667 static void
compute_transp(rtx x,int indx,sbitmap * bmap,int set_p)3668 compute_transp (rtx x, int indx, sbitmap *bmap, int set_p)
3669 {
3670   int i, j;
3671   basic_block bb;
3672   enum rtx_code code;
3673   reg_set *r;
3674   const char *fmt;
3675 
3676   /* repeat is used to turn tail-recursion into iteration since GCC
3677      can't do it when there's no return value.  */
3678  repeat:
3679 
3680   if (x == 0)
3681     return;
3682 
3683   code = GET_CODE (x);
3684   switch (code)
3685     {
3686     case REG:
3687       if (set_p)
3688 	{
3689 	  if (REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3690 	    {
3691 	      FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
3692 		if (TEST_BIT (reg_set_in_block[bb->index], REGNO (x)))
3693 		  SET_BIT (bmap[bb->index], indx);
3694 	    }
3695 	  else
3696 	    {
3697 	      for (r = reg_set_table[REGNO (x)]; r != NULL; r = r->next)
3698 		SET_BIT (bmap[BLOCK_NUM (r->insn)], indx);
3699 	    }
3700 	}
3701       else
3702 	{
3703 	  if (REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3704 	    {
3705 	      FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
3706 		if (TEST_BIT (reg_set_in_block[bb->index], REGNO (x)))
3707 		  RESET_BIT (bmap[bb->index], indx);
3708 	    }
3709 	  else
3710 	    {
3711 	      for (r = reg_set_table[REGNO (x)]; r != NULL; r = r->next)
3712 		RESET_BIT (bmap[BLOCK_NUM (r->insn)], indx);
3713 	    }
3714 	}
3715 
3716       return;
3717 
3718     case MEM:
3719       FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
3720 	{
3721 	  rtx list_entry = canon_modify_mem_list[bb->index];
3722 
3723 	  while (list_entry)
3724 	    {
3725 	      rtx dest, dest_addr;
3726 
3727 	      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (list_entry, 0)) == CALL_INSN)
3728 		{
3729 		  if (set_p)
3730 		    SET_BIT (bmap[bb->index], indx);
3731 		  else
3732 		    RESET_BIT (bmap[bb->index], indx);
3733 		  break;
3734 		}
3735 	      /* LIST_ENTRY must be an INSN of some kind that sets memory.
3736 		 Examine each hunk of memory that is modified.  */
3737 
3738 	      dest = XEXP (list_entry, 0);
3739 	      list_entry = XEXP (list_entry, 1);
3740 	      dest_addr = XEXP (list_entry, 0);
3741 
3742 	      if (canon_true_dependence (dest, GET_MODE (dest), dest_addr,
3743 					 x, rtx_addr_varies_p))
3744 		{
3745 		  if (set_p)
3746 		    SET_BIT (bmap[bb->index], indx);
3747 		  else
3748 		    RESET_BIT (bmap[bb->index], indx);
3749 		  break;
3750 		}
3751 	      list_entry = XEXP (list_entry, 1);
3752 	    }
3753 	}
3754 
3755       x = XEXP (x, 0);
3756       goto repeat;
3757 
3758     case PC:
3759     case CC0: /*FIXME*/
3760     case CONST:
3761     case CONST_INT:
3762     case CONST_DOUBLE:
3763     case CONST_VECTOR:
3764     case SYMBOL_REF:
3765     case LABEL_REF:
3766     case ADDR_VEC:
3767     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
3768       return;
3769 
3770     default:
3771       break;
3772     }
3773 
3774   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i >= 0; i--)
3775     {
3776       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3777 	{
3778 	  /* If we are about to do the last recursive call
3779 	     needed at this level, change it into iteration.
3780 	     This function is called enough to be worth it.  */
3781 	  if (i == 0)
3782 	    {
3783 	      x = XEXP (x, i);
3784 	      goto repeat;
3785 	    }
3786 
3787 	  compute_transp (XEXP (x, i), indx, bmap, set_p);
3788 	}
3789       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3790 	for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3791 	  compute_transp (XVECEXP (x, i, j), indx, bmap, set_p);
3792     }
3793 }
3794 
3795 /* Top level routine to do the dataflow analysis needed by copy/const
3796    propagation.  */
3797 
3798 static void
compute_cprop_data(void)3799 compute_cprop_data (void)
3800 {
3801   compute_local_properties (cprop_absaltered, cprop_pavloc, NULL, &set_hash_table);
3802   compute_available (cprop_pavloc, cprop_absaltered,
3803 		     cprop_avout, cprop_avin);
3804 }
3805 
3806 /* Copy/constant propagation.  */
3807 
3808 /* Maximum number of register uses in an insn that we handle.  */
3809 #define MAX_USES 8
3810 
3811 /* Table of uses found in an insn.
3812    Allocated statically to avoid alloc/free complexity and overhead.  */
3813 static struct reg_use reg_use_table[MAX_USES];
3814 
3815 /* Index into `reg_use_table' while building it.  */
3816 static int reg_use_count;
3817 
3818 /* Set up a list of register numbers used in INSN.  The found uses are stored
3819    in `reg_use_table'.  `reg_use_count' is initialized to zero before entry,
3820    and contains the number of uses in the table upon exit.
3821 
3822    ??? If a register appears multiple times we will record it multiple times.
3823    This doesn't hurt anything but it will slow things down.  */
3824 
3825 static void
find_used_regs(rtx * xptr,void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)3826 find_used_regs (rtx *xptr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3827 {
3828   int i, j;
3829   enum rtx_code code;
3830   const char *fmt;
3831   rtx x = *xptr;
3832 
3833   /* repeat is used to turn tail-recursion into iteration since GCC
3834      can't do it when there's no return value.  */
3835  repeat:
3836   if (x == 0)
3837     return;
3838 
3839   code = GET_CODE (x);
3840   if (REG_P (x))
3841     {
3842       if (reg_use_count == MAX_USES)
3843 	return;
3844 
3845       reg_use_table[reg_use_count].reg_rtx = x;
3846       reg_use_count++;
3847     }
3848 
3849   /* Recursively scan the operands of this expression.  */
3850 
3851   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i >= 0; i--)
3852     {
3853       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3854 	{
3855 	  /* If we are about to do the last recursive call
3856 	     needed at this level, change it into iteration.
3857 	     This function is called enough to be worth it.  */
3858 	  if (i == 0)
3859 	    {
3860 	      x = XEXP (x, 0);
3861 	      goto repeat;
3862 	    }
3863 
3864 	  find_used_regs (&XEXP (x, i), data);
3865 	}
3866       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3867 	for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3868 	  find_used_regs (&XVECEXP (x, i, j), data);
3869     }
3870 }
3871 
3872 /* Try to replace all non-SET_DEST occurrences of FROM in INSN with TO.
3873    Returns nonzero is successful.  */
3874 
3875 static int
try_replace_reg(rtx from,rtx to,rtx insn)3876 try_replace_reg (rtx from, rtx to, rtx insn)
3877 {
3878   rtx note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
3879   rtx src = 0;
3880   int success = 0;
3881   rtx set = single_set (insn);
3882 
3883   validate_replace_src_group (from, to, insn);
3884   if (num_changes_pending () && apply_change_group ())
3885     success = 1;
3886 
3887   /* Try to simplify SET_SRC if we have substituted a constant.  */
3888   if (success && set && CONSTANT_P (to))
3889     {
3890       src = simplify_rtx (SET_SRC (set));
3891 
3892       if (src)
3893 	validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (set), src, 0);
3894     }
3895 
3896   /* If there is already a NOTE, update the expression in it with our
3897      replacement.  */
3898   if (note != 0)
3899     XEXP (note, 0) = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (note, 0), from, to);
3900 
3901   if (!success && set && reg_mentioned_p (from, SET_SRC (set)))
3902     {
3903       /* If above failed and this is a single set, try to simplify the source of
3904 	 the set given our substitution.  We could perhaps try this for multiple
3905 	 SETs, but it probably won't buy us anything.  */
3906       src = simplify_replace_rtx (SET_SRC (set), from, to);
3907 
3908       if (!rtx_equal_p (src, SET_SRC (set))
3909 	  && validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (set), src, 0))
3910 	success = 1;
3911 
3912       /* If we've failed to do replacement, have a single SET, don't already
3913 	 have a note, and have no special SET, add a REG_EQUAL note to not
3914 	 lose information.  */
3915       if (!success && note == 0 && set != 0
3916 	  && GET_CODE (XEXP (set, 0)) != ZERO_EXTRACT
3917 	  && GET_CODE (XEXP (set, 0)) != SIGN_EXTRACT)
3918 	note = set_unique_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, copy_rtx (src));
3919     }
3920 
3921   /* REG_EQUAL may get simplified into register.
3922      We don't allow that. Remove that note. This code ought
3923      not to happen, because previous code ought to synthesize
3924      reg-reg move, but be on the safe side.  */
3925   if (note && REG_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
3926     remove_note (insn, note);
3927 
3928   return success;
3929 }
3930 
3931 /* Find a set of REGNOs that are available on entry to INSN's block.  Returns
3932    NULL no such set is found.  */
3933 
3934 static struct expr *
find_avail_set(int regno,rtx insn)3935 find_avail_set (int regno, rtx insn)
3936 {
3937   /* SET1 contains the last set found that can be returned to the caller for
3938      use in a substitution.  */
3939   struct expr *set1 = 0;
3940 
3941   /* Loops are not possible here.  To get a loop we would need two sets
3942      available at the start of the block containing INSN.  ie we would
3943      need two sets like this available at the start of the block:
3944 
3945        (set (reg X) (reg Y))
3946        (set (reg Y) (reg X))
3947 
3948      This can not happen since the set of (reg Y) would have killed the
3949      set of (reg X) making it unavailable at the start of this block.  */
3950   while (1)
3951     {
3952       rtx src;
3953       struct expr *set = lookup_set (regno, &set_hash_table);
3954 
3955       /* Find a set that is available at the start of the block
3956 	 which contains INSN.  */
3957       while (set)
3958 	{
3959 	  if (TEST_BIT (cprop_avin[BLOCK_NUM (insn)], set->bitmap_index))
3960 	    break;
3961 	  set = next_set (regno, set);
3962 	}
3963 
3964       /* If no available set was found we've reached the end of the
3965 	 (possibly empty) copy chain.  */
3966       if (set == 0)
3967 	break;
3968 
3969       if (GET_CODE (set->expr) != SET)
3970 	abort ();
3971 
3972       src = SET_SRC (set->expr);
3973 
3974       /* We know the set is available.
3975 	 Now check that SRC is ANTLOC (i.e. none of the source operands
3976 	 have changed since the start of the block).
3977 
3978          If the source operand changed, we may still use it for the next
3979          iteration of this loop, but we may not use it for substitutions.  */
3980 
3981       if (gcse_constant_p (src) || oprs_not_set_p (src, insn))
3982 	set1 = set;
3983 
3984       /* If the source of the set is anything except a register, then
3985 	 we have reached the end of the copy chain.  */
3986       if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
3987 	break;
3988 
3989       /* Follow the copy chain, ie start another iteration of the loop
3990 	 and see if we have an available copy into SRC.  */
3991       regno = REGNO (src);
3992     }
3993 
3994   /* SET1 holds the last set that was available and anticipatable at
3995      INSN.  */
3996   return set1;
3997 }
3998 
3999 /* Subroutine of cprop_insn that tries to propagate constants into
4000    JUMP_INSNS.  JUMP must be a conditional jump.  If SETCC is non-NULL
4001    it is the instruction that immediately precedes JUMP, and must be a
4002    single SET of a register.  FROM is what we will try to replace,
4003    SRC is the constant we will try to substitute for it.  Returns nonzero
4004    if a change was made.  */
4005 
4006 static int
cprop_jump(basic_block bb,rtx setcc,rtx jump,rtx from,rtx src)4007 cprop_jump (basic_block bb, rtx setcc, rtx jump, rtx from, rtx src)
4008 {
4009   rtx new, set_src, note_src;
4010   rtx set = pc_set (jump);
4011   rtx note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (jump);
4012 
4013   if (note)
4014     {
4015       note_src = XEXP (note, 0);
4016       if (GET_CODE (note_src) == EXPR_LIST)
4017 	note_src = NULL_RTX;
4018     }
4019   else note_src = NULL_RTX;
4020 
4021   /* Prefer REG_EQUAL notes except those containing EXPR_LISTs.  */
4022   set_src = note_src ? note_src : SET_SRC (set);
4023 
4024   /* First substitute the SETCC condition into the JUMP instruction,
4025      then substitute that given values into this expanded JUMP.  */
4026   if (setcc != NULL_RTX
4027       && !modified_between_p (from, setcc, jump)
4028       && !modified_between_p (src, setcc, jump))
4029     {
4030       rtx setcc_src;
4031       rtx setcc_set = single_set (setcc);
4032       rtx setcc_note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (setcc);
4033       setcc_src = (setcc_note && GET_CODE (XEXP (setcc_note, 0)) != EXPR_LIST)
4034 		? XEXP (setcc_note, 0) : SET_SRC (setcc_set);
4035       set_src = simplify_replace_rtx (set_src, SET_DEST (setcc_set),
4036 				      setcc_src);
4037     }
4038   else
4039     setcc = NULL_RTX;
4040 
4041   new = simplify_replace_rtx (set_src, from, src);
4042 
4043   /* If no simplification can be made, then try the next register.  */
4044   if (rtx_equal_p (new, SET_SRC (set)))
4045     return 0;
4046 
4047   /* If this is now a no-op delete it, otherwise this must be a valid insn.  */
4048   if (new == pc_rtx)
4049     delete_insn (jump);
4050   else
4051     {
4052       /* Ensure the value computed inside the jump insn to be equivalent
4053          to one computed by setcc.  */
4054       if (setcc && modified_in_p (new, setcc))
4055 	return 0;
4056       if (! validate_change (jump, &SET_SRC (set), new, 0))
4057 	{
4058 	  /* When (some) constants are not valid in a comparison, and there
4059 	     are two registers to be replaced by constants before the entire
4060 	     comparison can be folded into a constant, we need to keep
4061 	     intermediate information in REG_EQUAL notes.  For targets with
4062 	     separate compare insns, such notes are added by try_replace_reg.
4063 	     When we have a combined compare-and-branch instruction, however,
4064 	     we need to attach a note to the branch itself to make this
4065 	     optimization work.  */
4066 
4067 	  if (!rtx_equal_p (new, note_src))
4068 	    set_unique_reg_note (jump, REG_EQUAL, copy_rtx (new));
4069 	  return 0;
4070 	}
4071 
4072       /* Remove REG_EQUAL note after simplification.  */
4073       if (note_src)
4074 	remove_note (jump, note);
4075 
4076       /* If this has turned into an unconditional jump,
4077 	 then put a barrier after it so that the unreachable
4078 	 code will be deleted.  */
4079       if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == LABEL_REF)
4080 	emit_barrier_after (jump);
4081      }
4082 
4083 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
4084   /* Delete the cc0 setter.  */
4085   if (setcc != NULL && CC0_P (SET_DEST (single_set (setcc))))
4086     delete_insn (setcc);
4087 #endif
4088 
4089   run_jump_opt_after_gcse = 1;
4090 
4091   const_prop_count++;
4092   if (gcse_file != NULL)
4093     {
4094       fprintf (gcse_file,
4095 	       "CONST-PROP: Replacing reg %d in jump_insn %d with constant ",
4096 	       REGNO (from), INSN_UID (jump));
4097       print_rtl (gcse_file, src);
4098       fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
4099     }
4100   purge_dead_edges (bb);
4101 
4102   return 1;
4103 }
4104 
4105 static bool
constprop_register(rtx insn,rtx from,rtx to,int alter_jumps)4106 constprop_register (rtx insn, rtx from, rtx to, int alter_jumps)
4107 {
4108   rtx sset;
4109 
4110   /* Check for reg or cc0 setting instructions followed by
4111      conditional branch instructions first.  */
4112   if (alter_jumps
4113       && (sset = single_set (insn)) != NULL
4114       && NEXT_INSN (insn)
4115       && any_condjump_p (NEXT_INSN (insn)) && onlyjump_p (NEXT_INSN (insn)))
4116     {
4117       rtx dest = SET_DEST (sset);
4118       if ((REG_P (dest) || CC0_P (dest))
4119 	  && cprop_jump (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn), insn, NEXT_INSN (insn), from, to))
4120 	return 1;
4121     }
4122 
4123   /* Handle normal insns next.  */
4124   if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
4125       && try_replace_reg (from, to, insn))
4126     return 1;
4127 
4128   /* Try to propagate a CONST_INT into a conditional jump.
4129      We're pretty specific about what we will handle in this
4130      code, we can extend this as necessary over time.
4131 
4132      Right now the insn in question must look like
4133      (set (pc) (if_then_else ...))  */
4134   else if (alter_jumps && any_condjump_p (insn) && onlyjump_p (insn))
4135     return cprop_jump (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn), NULL, insn, from, to);
4136   return 0;
4137 }
4138 
4139 /* Perform constant and copy propagation on INSN.
4140    The result is nonzero if a change was made.  */
4141 
4142 static int
cprop_insn(rtx insn,int alter_jumps)4143 cprop_insn (rtx insn, int alter_jumps)
4144 {
4145   struct reg_use *reg_used;
4146   int changed = 0;
4147   rtx note;
4148 
4149   if (!INSN_P (insn))
4150     return 0;
4151 
4152   reg_use_count = 0;
4153   note_uses (&PATTERN (insn), find_used_regs, NULL);
4154 
4155   note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
4156 
4157   /* We may win even when propagating constants into notes.  */
4158   if (note)
4159     find_used_regs (&XEXP (note, 0), NULL);
4160 
4161   for (reg_used = &reg_use_table[0]; reg_use_count > 0;
4162        reg_used++, reg_use_count--)
4163     {
4164       unsigned int regno = REGNO (reg_used->reg_rtx);
4165       rtx pat, src;
4166       struct expr *set;
4167 
4168       /* Ignore registers created by GCSE.
4169 	 We do this because ...  */
4170       if (regno >= max_gcse_regno)
4171 	continue;
4172 
4173       /* If the register has already been set in this block, there's
4174 	 nothing we can do.  */
4175       if (! oprs_not_set_p (reg_used->reg_rtx, insn))
4176 	continue;
4177 
4178       /* Find an assignment that sets reg_used and is available
4179 	 at the start of the block.  */
4180       set = find_avail_set (regno, insn);
4181       if (! set)
4182 	continue;
4183 
4184       pat = set->expr;
4185       /* ??? We might be able to handle PARALLELs.  Later.  */
4186       if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET)
4187 	abort ();
4188 
4189       src = SET_SRC (pat);
4190 
4191       /* Constant propagation.  */
4192       if (gcse_constant_p (src))
4193 	{
4194           if (constprop_register (insn, reg_used->reg_rtx, src, alter_jumps))
4195 	    {
4196 	      changed = 1;
4197 	      const_prop_count++;
4198 	      if (gcse_file != NULL)
4199 		{
4200 		  fprintf (gcse_file, "GLOBAL CONST-PROP: Replacing reg %d in ", regno);
4201 		  fprintf (gcse_file, "insn %d with constant ", INSN_UID (insn));
4202 		  print_rtl (gcse_file, src);
4203 		  fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
4204 		}
4205 	      if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
4206 		return 1;
4207 	    }
4208 	}
4209       else if (GET_CODE (src) == REG
4210 	       && REGNO (src) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4211 	       && REGNO (src) != regno)
4212 	{
4213 	  if (try_replace_reg (reg_used->reg_rtx, src, insn))
4214 	    {
4215 	      changed = 1;
4216 	      copy_prop_count++;
4217 	      if (gcse_file != NULL)
4218 		{
4219 		  fprintf (gcse_file, "GLOBAL COPY-PROP: Replacing reg %d in insn %d",
4220 			   regno, INSN_UID (insn));
4221 		  fprintf (gcse_file, " with reg %d\n", REGNO (src));
4222 		}
4223 
4224 	      /* The original insn setting reg_used may or may not now be
4225 		 deletable.  We leave the deletion to flow.  */
4226 	      /* FIXME: If it turns out that the insn isn't deletable,
4227 		 then we may have unnecessarily extended register lifetimes
4228 		 and made things worse.  */
4229 	    }
4230 	}
4231     }
4232 
4233   return changed;
4234 }
4235 
4236 /* Like find_used_regs, but avoid recording uses that appear in
4237    input-output contexts such as zero_extract or pre_dec.  This
4238    restricts the cases we consider to those for which local cprop
4239    can legitimately make replacements.  */
4240 
4241 static void
local_cprop_find_used_regs(rtx * xptr,void * data)4242 local_cprop_find_used_regs (rtx *xptr, void *data)
4243 {
4244   rtx x = *xptr;
4245 
4246   if (x == 0)
4247     return;
4248 
4249   switch (GET_CODE (x))
4250     {
4251     case ZERO_EXTRACT:
4252     case SIGN_EXTRACT:
4253     case STRICT_LOW_PART:
4254       return;
4255 
4256     case PRE_DEC:
4257     case PRE_INC:
4258     case POST_DEC:
4259     case POST_INC:
4260     case PRE_MODIFY:
4261     case POST_MODIFY:
4262       /* Can only legitimately appear this early in the context of
4263 	 stack pushes for function arguments, but handle all of the
4264 	 codes nonetheless.  */
4265       return;
4266 
4267     case SUBREG:
4268       /* Setting a subreg of a register larger than word_mode leaves
4269 	 the non-written words unchanged.  */
4270       if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) > BITS_PER_WORD)
4271 	return;
4272       break;
4273 
4274     default:
4275       break;
4276     }
4277 
4278   find_used_regs (xptr, data);
4279 }
4280 
4281 /* LIBCALL_SP is a zero-terminated array of insns at the end of a libcall;
4282    their REG_EQUAL notes need updating.  */
4283 
4284 static bool
do_local_cprop(rtx x,rtx insn,int alter_jumps,rtx * libcall_sp)4285 do_local_cprop (rtx x, rtx insn, int alter_jumps, rtx *libcall_sp)
4286 {
4287   rtx newreg = NULL, newcnst = NULL;
4288 
4289   /* Rule out USE instructions and ASM statements as we don't want to
4290      change the hard registers mentioned.  */
4291   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG
4292       && (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4293           || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
4294 	      && asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) < 0)))
4295     {
4296       cselib_val *val = cselib_lookup (x, GET_MODE (x), 0);
4297       struct elt_loc_list *l;
4298 
4299       if (!val)
4300 	return false;
4301       for (l = val->locs; l; l = l->next)
4302 	{
4303 	  rtx this_rtx = l->loc;
4304 	  rtx note;
4305 
4306 	  if (l->in_libcall)
4307 	    continue;
4308 
4309 	  if (gcse_constant_p (this_rtx))
4310 	    newcnst = this_rtx;
4311 	  if (REG_P (this_rtx) && REGNO (this_rtx) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4312 	      /* Don't copy propagate if it has attached REG_EQUIV note.
4313 		 At this point this only function parameters should have
4314 		 REG_EQUIV notes and if the argument slot is used somewhere
4315 		 explicitly, it means address of parameter has been taken,
4316 		 so we should not extend the lifetime of the pseudo.  */
4317 	      && (!(note = find_reg_note (l->setting_insn, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX))
4318 		  || GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) != MEM))
4319 	    newreg = this_rtx;
4320 	}
4321       if (newcnst && constprop_register (insn, x, newcnst, alter_jumps))
4322 	{
4323 	  /* If we find a case where we can't fix the retval REG_EQUAL notes
4324 	     match the new register, we either have to abandon this replacement
4325 	     or fix delete_trivially_dead_insns to preserve the setting insn,
4326 	     or make it delete the REG_EUAQL note, and fix up all passes that
4327 	     require the REG_EQUAL note there.  */
4328 	  if (!adjust_libcall_notes (x, newcnst, insn, libcall_sp))
4329 	    abort ();
4330 	  if (gcse_file != NULL)
4331 	    {
4332 	      fprintf (gcse_file, "LOCAL CONST-PROP: Replacing reg %d in ",
4333 		       REGNO (x));
4334 	      fprintf (gcse_file, "insn %d with constant ",
4335 		       INSN_UID (insn));
4336 	      print_rtl (gcse_file, newcnst);
4337 	      fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
4338 	    }
4339 	  const_prop_count++;
4340 	  return true;
4341 	}
4342       else if (newreg && newreg != x && try_replace_reg (x, newreg, insn))
4343 	{
4344 	  adjust_libcall_notes (x, newreg, insn, libcall_sp);
4345 	  if (gcse_file != NULL)
4346 	    {
4347 	      fprintf (gcse_file,
4348 		       "LOCAL COPY-PROP: Replacing reg %d in insn %d",
4349 		       REGNO (x), INSN_UID (insn));
4350 	      fprintf (gcse_file, " with reg %d\n", REGNO (newreg));
4351 	    }
4352 	  copy_prop_count++;
4353 	  return true;
4354 	}
4355     }
4356   return false;
4357 }
4358 
4359 /* LIBCALL_SP is a zero-terminated array of insns at the end of a libcall;
4360    their REG_EQUAL notes need updating to reflect that OLDREG has been
4361    replaced with NEWVAL in INSN.  Return true if all substitutions could
4362    be made.  */
4363 static bool
adjust_libcall_notes(rtx oldreg,rtx newval,rtx insn,rtx * libcall_sp)4364 adjust_libcall_notes (rtx oldreg, rtx newval, rtx insn, rtx *libcall_sp)
4365 {
4366   rtx end;
4367 
4368   while ((end = *libcall_sp++))
4369     {
4370       rtx note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (end);
4371 
4372       if (! note)
4373 	continue;
4374 
4375       if (REG_P (newval))
4376 	{
4377 	  if (reg_set_between_p (newval, PREV_INSN (insn), end))
4378 	    {
4379 	      do
4380 		{
4381 		  note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (end);
4382 		  if (! note)
4383 		    continue;
4384 		  if (reg_mentioned_p (newval, XEXP (note, 0)))
4385 		    return false;
4386 		}
4387 	      while ((end = *libcall_sp++));
4388 	      return true;
4389 	    }
4390 	}
4391       XEXP (note, 0) = replace_rtx (XEXP (note, 0), oldreg, newval);
4392       insn = end;
4393     }
4394   return true;
4395 }
4396 
4397 #define MAX_NESTED_LIBCALLS 9
4398 
4399 static void
local_cprop_pass(int alter_jumps)4400 local_cprop_pass (int alter_jumps)
4401 {
4402   rtx insn;
4403   struct reg_use *reg_used;
4404   rtx libcall_stack[MAX_NESTED_LIBCALLS + 1], *libcall_sp;
4405   bool changed = false;
4406 
4407   cselib_init ();
4408   libcall_sp = &libcall_stack[MAX_NESTED_LIBCALLS];
4409   *libcall_sp = 0;
4410   for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4411     {
4412       if (INSN_P (insn))
4413 	{
4414 	  rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX);
4415 
4416 	  if (note)
4417 	    {
4418 	      if (libcall_sp == libcall_stack)
4419 		abort ();
4420 	      *--libcall_sp = XEXP (note, 0);
4421 	    }
4422 	  note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
4423 	  if (note)
4424 	    libcall_sp++;
4425 	  note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
4426 	  do
4427 	    {
4428 	      reg_use_count = 0;
4429 	      note_uses (&PATTERN (insn), local_cprop_find_used_regs, NULL);
4430 	      if (note)
4431 		local_cprop_find_used_regs (&XEXP (note, 0), NULL);
4432 
4433 	      for (reg_used = &reg_use_table[0]; reg_use_count > 0;
4434 		   reg_used++, reg_use_count--)
4435 		if (do_local_cprop (reg_used->reg_rtx, insn, alter_jumps,
4436 		    libcall_sp))
4437 		  {
4438 		    changed = true;
4439 		    break;
4440 		  }
4441 	      if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
4442 		break;
4443 	    }
4444 	  while (reg_use_count);
4445 	}
4446       cselib_process_insn (insn);
4447     }
4448   cselib_finish ();
4449   /* Global analysis may get into infinite loops for unreachable blocks.  */
4450   if (changed && alter_jumps)
4451     {
4452       delete_unreachable_blocks ();
4453       free_reg_set_mem ();
4454       alloc_reg_set_mem (max_reg_num ());
4455       compute_sets (get_insns ());
4456     }
4457 }
4458 
4459 /* Forward propagate copies.  This includes copies and constants.  Return
4460    nonzero if a change was made.  */
4461 
4462 static int
cprop(int alter_jumps)4463 cprop (int alter_jumps)
4464 {
4465   int changed;
4466   basic_block bb;
4467   rtx insn;
4468 
4469   /* Note we start at block 1.  */
4470   if (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
4471     {
4472       if (gcse_file != NULL)
4473 	fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
4474       return 0;
4475     }
4476 
4477   changed = 0;
4478   FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->next_bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb)
4479     {
4480       /* Reset tables used to keep track of what's still valid [since the
4481 	 start of the block].  */
4482       reset_opr_set_tables ();
4483 
4484       for (insn = BB_HEAD (bb);
4485 	   insn != NULL && insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb));
4486 	   insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4487 	if (INSN_P (insn))
4488 	  {
4489 	    changed |= cprop_insn (insn, alter_jumps);
4490 
4491 	    /* Keep track of everything modified by this insn.  */
4492 	    /* ??? Need to be careful w.r.t. mods done to INSN.  Don't
4493 	       call mark_oprs_set if we turned the insn into a NOTE.  */
4494 	    if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE)
4495 	      mark_oprs_set (insn);
4496 	  }
4497     }
4498 
4499   if (gcse_file != NULL)
4500     fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
4501 
4502   return changed;
4503 }
4504 
4505 /* Similar to get_condition, only the resulting condition must be
4506    valid at JUMP, instead of at EARLIEST.
4507 
4508    This differs from noce_get_condition in ifcvt.c in that we prefer not to
4509    settle for the condition variable in the jump instruction being integral.
4510    We prefer to be able to record the value of a user variable, rather than
4511    the value of a temporary used in a condition.  This could be solved by
4512    recording the value of *every* register scaned by canonicalize_condition,
4513    but this would require some code reorganization.  */
4514 
4515 rtx
fis_get_condition(rtx jump)4516 fis_get_condition (rtx jump)
4517 {
4518   rtx cond, set, tmp, insn, earliest;
4519   bool reverse;
4520 
4521   if (! any_condjump_p (jump))
4522     return NULL_RTX;
4523 
4524   set = pc_set (jump);
4525   cond = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0);
4526 
4527   /* If this branches to JUMP_LABEL when the condition is false,
4528      reverse the condition.  */
4529   reverse = (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 2)) == LABEL_REF
4530 	     && XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 2), 0) == JUMP_LABEL (jump));
4531 
4532   /* Use canonicalize_condition to do the dirty work of manipulating
4533      MODE_CC values and COMPARE rtx codes.  */
4534   tmp = canonicalize_condition (jump, cond, reverse, &earliest, NULL_RTX,
4535 				false);
4536   if (!tmp)
4537     return NULL_RTX;
4538 
4539   /* Verify that the given condition is valid at JUMP by virtue of not
4540      having been modified since EARLIEST.  */
4541   for (insn = earliest; insn != jump; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4542     if (INSN_P (insn) && modified_in_p (tmp, insn))
4543       break;
4544   if (insn == jump)
4545     return tmp;
4546 
4547   /* The condition was modified.  See if we can get a partial result
4548      that doesn't follow all the reversals.  Perhaps combine can fold
4549      them together later.  */
4550   tmp = XEXP (tmp, 0);
4551   if (!REG_P (tmp) || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (tmp)) != MODE_INT)
4552     return NULL_RTX;
4553   tmp = canonicalize_condition (jump, cond, reverse, &earliest, tmp,
4554 				false);
4555   if (!tmp)
4556     return NULL_RTX;
4557 
4558   /* For sanity's sake, re-validate the new result.  */
4559   for (insn = earliest; insn != jump; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4560     if (INSN_P (insn) && modified_in_p (tmp, insn))
4561       return NULL_RTX;
4562 
4563   return tmp;
4564 }
4565 
4566 /* Check the comparison COND to see if we can safely form an implicit set from
4567    it.  COND is either an EQ or NE comparison.  */
4568 
4569 static bool
implicit_set_cond_p(rtx cond)4570 implicit_set_cond_p (rtx cond)
4571 {
4572   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (cond, 0));
4573   rtx cst = XEXP (cond, 1);
4574 
4575   /* We can't perform this optimization if either operand might be or might
4576      contain a signed zero.  */
4577   if (HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode))
4578     {
4579       /* It is sufficient to check if CST is or contains a zero.  We must
4580 	 handle float, complex, and vector.  If any subpart is a zero, then
4581 	 the optimization can't be performed.  */
4582       /* ??? The complex and vector checks are not implemented yet.  We just
4583 	 always return zero for them.  */
4584       if (GET_CODE (cst) == CONST_DOUBLE)
4585 	{
4586 	  REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
4587 	  REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, cst);
4588 	  if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst0))
4589 	    return 0;
4590 	}
4591       else
4592 	return 0;
4593     }
4594 
4595   return gcse_constant_p (cst);
4596 }
4597 
4598 /* Find the implicit sets of a function.  An "implicit set" is a constraint
4599    on the value of a variable, implied by a conditional jump.  For example,
4600    following "if (x == 2)", the then branch may be optimized as though the
4601    conditional performed an "explicit set", in this example, "x = 2".  This
4602    function records the set patterns that are implicit at the start of each
4603    basic block.  */
4604 
4605 static void
find_implicit_sets(void)4606 find_implicit_sets (void)
4607 {
4608   basic_block bb, dest;
4609   unsigned int count;
4610   rtx cond, new;
4611 
4612   count = 0;
4613   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
4614     /* Check for more than one successor.  */
4615     if (bb->succ && bb->succ->succ_next)
4616       {
4617 	cond = fis_get_condition (BB_END (bb));
4618 
4619 	if (cond
4620 	    && (GET_CODE (cond) == EQ || GET_CODE (cond) == NE)
4621 	    && GET_CODE (XEXP (cond, 0)) == REG
4622 	    && REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4623 	    && implicit_set_cond_p (cond))
4624 	  {
4625 	    dest = GET_CODE (cond) == EQ ? BRANCH_EDGE (bb)->dest
4626 					 : FALLTHRU_EDGE (bb)->dest;
4627 
4628 	    if (dest && ! dest->pred->pred_next
4629 		&& dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
4630 	      {
4631 		new = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, XEXP (cond, 0),
4632 					     XEXP (cond, 1));
4633 		implicit_sets[dest->index] = new;
4634 		if (gcse_file)
4635 		  {
4636 		    fprintf(gcse_file, "Implicit set of reg %d in ",
4637 			    REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)));
4638 		    fprintf(gcse_file, "basic block %d\n", dest->index);
4639 		  }
4640 		count++;
4641 	      }
4642 	  }
4643       }
4644 
4645   if (gcse_file)
4646     fprintf (gcse_file, "Found %d implicit sets\n", count);
4647 }
4648 
4649 /* Perform one copy/constant propagation pass.
4650    PASS is the pass count.  If CPROP_JUMPS is true, perform constant
4651    propagation into conditional jumps.  If BYPASS_JUMPS is true,
4652    perform conditional jump bypassing optimizations.  */
4653 
4654 static int
one_cprop_pass(int pass,int cprop_jumps,int bypass_jumps)4655 one_cprop_pass (int pass, int cprop_jumps, int bypass_jumps)
4656 {
4657   int changed = 0;
4658 
4659   const_prop_count = 0;
4660   copy_prop_count = 0;
4661 
4662   local_cprop_pass (cprop_jumps);
4663 
4664   /* Determine implicit sets.  */
4665   implicit_sets = xcalloc (last_basic_block, sizeof (rtx));
4666   find_implicit_sets ();
4667 
4668   alloc_hash_table (max_cuid, &set_hash_table, 1);
4669   compute_hash_table (&set_hash_table);
4670 
4671   /* Free implicit_sets before peak usage.  */
4672   free (implicit_sets);
4673   implicit_sets = NULL;
4674 
4675   if (gcse_file)
4676     dump_hash_table (gcse_file, "SET", &set_hash_table);
4677   if (set_hash_table.n_elems > 0)
4678     {
4679       alloc_cprop_mem (last_basic_block, set_hash_table.n_elems);
4680       compute_cprop_data ();
4681       changed = cprop (cprop_jumps);
4682       if (bypass_jumps)
4683 	changed |= bypass_conditional_jumps ();
4684       free_cprop_mem ();
4685     }
4686 
4687   free_hash_table (&set_hash_table);
4688 
4689   if (gcse_file)
4690     {
4691       fprintf (gcse_file, "CPROP of %s, pass %d: %d bytes needed, ",
4692 	       current_function_name (), pass, bytes_used);
4693       fprintf (gcse_file, "%d const props, %d copy props\n\n",
4694 	       const_prop_count, copy_prop_count);
4695     }
4696   /* Global analysis may get into infinite loops for unreachable blocks.  */
4697   if (changed && cprop_jumps)
4698     delete_unreachable_blocks ();
4699 
4700   return changed;
4701 }
4702 
4703 /* Bypass conditional jumps.  */
4704 
4705 /* The value of last_basic_block at the beginning of the jump_bypass
4706    pass.  The use of redirect_edge_and_branch_force may introduce new
4707    basic blocks, but the data flow analysis is only valid for basic
4708    block indices less than bypass_last_basic_block.  */
4709 
4710 static int bypass_last_basic_block;
4711 
4712 /* Find a set of REGNO to a constant that is available at the end of basic
4713    block BB.  Returns NULL if no such set is found.  Based heavily upon
4714    find_avail_set.  */
4715 
4716 static struct expr *
find_bypass_set(int regno,int bb)4717 find_bypass_set (int regno, int bb)
4718 {
4719   struct expr *result = 0;
4720 
4721   for (;;)
4722     {
4723       rtx src;
4724       struct expr *set = lookup_set (regno, &set_hash_table);
4725 
4726       while (set)
4727 	{
4728 	  if (TEST_BIT (cprop_avout[bb], set->bitmap_index))
4729 	    break;
4730 	  set = next_set (regno, set);
4731 	}
4732 
4733       if (set == 0)
4734 	break;
4735 
4736       if (GET_CODE (set->expr) != SET)
4737 	abort ();
4738 
4739       src = SET_SRC (set->expr);
4740       if (gcse_constant_p (src))
4741 	result = set;
4742 
4743       if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
4744 	break;
4745 
4746       regno = REGNO (src);
4747     }
4748   return result;
4749 }
4750 
4751 
4752 /* Subroutine of bypass_block that checks whether a pseudo is killed by
4753    any of the instructions inserted on an edge.  Jump bypassing places
4754    condition code setters on CFG edges using insert_insn_on_edge.  This
4755    function is required to check that our data flow analysis is still
4756    valid prior to commit_edge_insertions.  */
4757 
4758 static bool
reg_killed_on_edge(rtx reg,edge e)4759 reg_killed_on_edge (rtx reg, edge e)
4760 {
4761   rtx insn;
4762 
4763   for (insn = e->insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4764     if (INSN_P (insn) && reg_set_p (reg, insn))
4765       return true;
4766 
4767   return false;
4768 }
4769 
4770 /* Subroutine of bypass_conditional_jumps that attempts to bypass the given
4771    basic block BB which has more than one predecessor.  If not NULL, SETCC
4772    is the first instruction of BB, which is immediately followed by JUMP_INSN
4773    JUMP.  Otherwise, SETCC is NULL, and JUMP is the first insn of BB.
4774    Returns nonzero if a change was made.
4775 
4776    During the jump bypassing pass, we may place copies of SETCC instructions
4777    on CFG edges.  The following routine must be careful to pay attention to
4778    these inserted insns when performing its transformations.  */
4779 
4780 static int
bypass_block(basic_block bb,rtx setcc,rtx jump)4781 bypass_block (basic_block bb, rtx setcc, rtx jump)
4782 {
4783   rtx insn, note;
4784   edge e, enext, edest;
4785   int i, change;
4786   int may_be_loop_header;
4787 
4788   insn = (setcc != NULL) ? setcc : jump;
4789 
4790   /* Determine set of register uses in INSN.  */
4791   reg_use_count = 0;
4792   note_uses (&PATTERN (insn), find_used_regs, NULL);
4793   note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
4794   if (note)
4795     find_used_regs (&XEXP (note, 0), NULL);
4796 
4797   may_be_loop_header = false;
4798   for (e = bb->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
4799     if (e->flags & EDGE_DFS_BACK)
4800       {
4801 	may_be_loop_header = true;
4802 	break;
4803       }
4804 
4805   change = 0;
4806   for (e = bb->pred; e; e = enext)
4807     {
4808       enext = e->pred_next;
4809       if (e->flags & EDGE_COMPLEX)
4810 	continue;
4811 
4812       /* We can't redirect edges from new basic blocks.  */
4813       if (e->src->index >= bypass_last_basic_block)
4814 	continue;
4815 
4816       /* The irreducible loops created by redirecting of edges entering the
4817 	 loop from outside would decrease effectiveness of some of the following
4818 	 optimizations, so prevent this.  */
4819       if (may_be_loop_header
4820 	  && !(e->flags & EDGE_DFS_BACK))
4821 	continue;
4822 
4823       for (i = 0; i < reg_use_count; i++)
4824 	{
4825 	  struct reg_use *reg_used = &reg_use_table[i];
4826 	  unsigned int regno = REGNO (reg_used->reg_rtx);
4827 	  basic_block dest, old_dest;
4828 	  struct expr *set;
4829 	  rtx src, new;
4830 
4831 	  if (regno >= max_gcse_regno)
4832 	    continue;
4833 
4834 	  set = find_bypass_set (regno, e->src->index);
4835 
4836 	  if (! set)
4837 	    continue;
4838 
4839 	  /* Check the data flow is valid after edge insertions.  */
4840 	  if (e->insns && reg_killed_on_edge (reg_used->reg_rtx, e))
4841 	    continue;
4842 
4843 	  src = SET_SRC (pc_set (jump));
4844 
4845 	  if (setcc != NULL)
4846 	      src = simplify_replace_rtx (src,
4847 					  SET_DEST (PATTERN (setcc)),
4848 					  SET_SRC (PATTERN (setcc)));
4849 
4850 	  new = simplify_replace_rtx (src, reg_used->reg_rtx,
4851 				      SET_SRC (set->expr));
4852 
4853 	  /* Jump bypassing may have already placed instructions on
4854 	     edges of the CFG.  We can't bypass an outgoing edge that
4855 	     has instructions associated with it, as these insns won't
4856 	     get executed if the incoming edge is redirected.  */
4857 
4858 	  if (new == pc_rtx)
4859 	    {
4860 	      edest = FALLTHRU_EDGE (bb);
4861 	      dest = edest->insns ? NULL : edest->dest;
4862 	    }
4863 	  else if (GET_CODE (new) == LABEL_REF)
4864 	    {
4865 	      dest = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (XEXP (new, 0));
4866 	      /* Don't bypass edges containing instructions.  */
4867 	      for (edest = bb->succ; edest; edest = edest->succ_next)
4868 		if (edest->dest == dest && edest->insns)
4869 		  {
4870 		    dest = NULL;
4871 		    break;
4872 		  }
4873 	    }
4874 	  else
4875 	    dest = NULL;
4876 
4877 	  /* Avoid unification of the edge with other edges from original
4878 	     branch.  We would end up emitting the instruction on "both"
4879 	     edges.  */
4880 
4881 	  if (dest && setcc && !CC0_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (setcc))))
4882 	    {
4883 	      edge e2;
4884 	      for (e2 = e->src->succ; e2; e2 = e2->succ_next)
4885 		if (e2->dest == dest)
4886 		  break;
4887 	      if (e2)
4888 		dest = NULL;
4889 	    }
4890 
4891 	  old_dest = e->dest;
4892 	  if (dest != NULL
4893 	      && dest != old_dest
4894 	      && dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
4895             {
4896 	      redirect_edge_and_branch_force (e, dest);
4897 
4898 	      /* Copy the register setter to the redirected edge.
4899 		 Don't copy CC0 setters, as CC0 is dead after jump.  */
4900 	      if (setcc)
4901 		{
4902 		  rtx pat = PATTERN (setcc);
4903 		  if (!CC0_P (SET_DEST (pat)))
4904 		    insert_insn_on_edge (copy_insn (pat), e);
4905 		}
4906 
4907 	      if (gcse_file != NULL)
4908 		{
4909 		  fprintf (gcse_file, "JUMP-BYPASS: Proved reg %d in jump_insn %d equals constant ",
4910 			   regno, INSN_UID (jump));
4911 		  print_rtl (gcse_file, SET_SRC (set->expr));
4912 		  fprintf (gcse_file, "\nBypass edge from %d->%d to %d\n",
4913 			   e->src->index, old_dest->index, dest->index);
4914 		}
4915 	      change = 1;
4916 	      break;
4917 	    }
4918 	}
4919     }
4920   return change;
4921 }
4922 
4923 /* Find basic blocks with more than one predecessor that only contain a
4924    single conditional jump.  If the result of the comparison is known at
4925    compile-time from any incoming edge, redirect that edge to the
4926    appropriate target.  Returns nonzero if a change was made.
4927 
4928    This function is now mis-named, because we also handle indirect jumps.  */
4929 
4930 static int
bypass_conditional_jumps(void)4931 bypass_conditional_jumps (void)
4932 {
4933   basic_block bb;
4934   int changed;
4935   rtx setcc;
4936   rtx insn;
4937   rtx dest;
4938 
4939   /* Note we start at block 1.  */
4940   if (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
4941     return 0;
4942 
4943   bypass_last_basic_block = last_basic_block;
4944   mark_dfs_back_edges ();
4945 
4946   changed = 0;
4947   FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->next_bb->next_bb,
4948 		  EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, next_bb)
4949     {
4950       /* Check for more than one predecessor.  */
4951       if (bb->pred && bb->pred->pred_next)
4952 	{
4953 	  setcc = NULL_RTX;
4954 	  for (insn = BB_HEAD (bb);
4955 	       insn != NULL && insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb));
4956 	       insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4957 	    if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN)
4958 	      {
4959 		if (setcc)
4960 		  break;
4961 		if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != SET)
4962 		  break;
4963 
4964 		dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
4965 		if (REG_P (dest) || CC0_P (dest))
4966 		  setcc = insn;
4967 		else
4968 		  break;
4969 	      }
4970 	    else if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
4971 	      {
4972 		if ((any_condjump_p (insn) || computed_jump_p (insn))
4973 		    && onlyjump_p (insn))
4974 		  changed |= bypass_block (bb, setcc, insn);
4975 		break;
4976 	      }
4977 	    else if (INSN_P (insn))
4978 	      break;
4979 	}
4980     }
4981 
4982   /* If we bypassed any register setting insns, we inserted a
4983      copy on the redirected edge.  These need to be committed.  */
4984   if (changed)
4985     commit_edge_insertions();
4986 
4987   return changed;
4988 }
4989 
4990 /* Compute PRE+LCM working variables.  */
4991 
4992 /* Local properties of expressions.  */
4993 /* Nonzero for expressions that are transparent in the block.  */
4994 static sbitmap *transp;
4995 
4996 /* Nonzero for expressions that are transparent at the end of the block.
4997    This is only zero for expressions killed by abnormal critical edge
4998    created by a calls.  */
4999 static sbitmap *transpout;
5000 
5001 /* Nonzero for expressions that are computed (available) in the block.  */
5002 static sbitmap *comp;
5003 
5004 /* Nonzero for expressions that are locally anticipatable in the block.  */
5005 static sbitmap *antloc;
5006 
5007 /* Nonzero for expressions where this block is an optimal computation
5008    point.  */
5009 static sbitmap *pre_optimal;
5010 
5011 /* Nonzero for expressions which are redundant in a particular block.  */
5012 static sbitmap *pre_redundant;
5013 
5014 /* Nonzero for expressions which should be inserted on a specific edge.  */
5015 static sbitmap *pre_insert_map;
5016 
5017 /* Nonzero for expressions which should be deleted in a specific block.  */
5018 static sbitmap *pre_delete_map;
5019 
5020 /* Contains the edge_list returned by pre_edge_lcm.  */
5021 static struct edge_list *edge_list;
5022 
5023 /* Redundant insns.  */
5024 static sbitmap pre_redundant_insns;
5025 
5026 /* Allocate vars used for PRE analysis.  */
5027 
5028 static void
alloc_pre_mem(int n_blocks,int n_exprs)5029 alloc_pre_mem (int n_blocks, int n_exprs)
5030 {
5031   transp = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
5032   comp = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
5033   antloc = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
5034 
5035   pre_optimal = NULL;
5036   pre_redundant = NULL;
5037   pre_insert_map = NULL;
5038   pre_delete_map = NULL;
5039   ae_in = NULL;
5040   ae_out = NULL;
5041   ae_kill = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
5042 
5043   /* pre_insert and pre_delete are allocated later.  */
5044 }
5045 
5046 /* Free vars used for PRE analysis.  */
5047 
5048 static void
free_pre_mem(void)5049 free_pre_mem (void)
5050 {
5051   sbitmap_vector_free (transp);
5052   sbitmap_vector_free (comp);
5053 
5054   /* ANTLOC and AE_KILL are freed just after pre_lcm finishes.  */
5055 
5056   if (pre_optimal)
5057     sbitmap_vector_free (pre_optimal);
5058   if (pre_redundant)
5059     sbitmap_vector_free (pre_redundant);
5060   if (pre_insert_map)
5061     sbitmap_vector_free (pre_insert_map);
5062   if (pre_delete_map)
5063     sbitmap_vector_free (pre_delete_map);
5064   if (ae_in)
5065     sbitmap_vector_free (ae_in);
5066   if (ae_out)
5067     sbitmap_vector_free (ae_out);
5068 
5069   transp = comp = NULL;
5070   pre_optimal = pre_redundant = pre_insert_map = pre_delete_map = NULL;
5071   ae_in = ae_out = NULL;
5072 }
5073 
5074 /* Top level routine to do the dataflow analysis needed by PRE.  */
5075 
5076 static void
compute_pre_data(void)5077 compute_pre_data (void)
5078 {
5079   sbitmap trapping_expr;
5080   basic_block bb;
5081   unsigned int ui;
5082 
5083   compute_local_properties (transp, comp, antloc, &expr_hash_table);
5084   sbitmap_vector_zero (ae_kill, last_basic_block);
5085 
5086   /* Collect expressions which might trap.  */
5087   trapping_expr = sbitmap_alloc (expr_hash_table.n_elems);
5088   sbitmap_zero (trapping_expr);
5089   for (ui = 0; ui < expr_hash_table.size; ui++)
5090     {
5091       struct expr *e;
5092       for (e = expr_hash_table.table[ui]; e != NULL; e = e->next_same_hash)
5093 	if (may_trap_p (e->expr))
5094 	  SET_BIT (trapping_expr, e->bitmap_index);
5095     }
5096 
5097   /* Compute ae_kill for each basic block using:
5098 
5099      ~(TRANSP | COMP)
5100 
5101      This is significantly faster than compute_ae_kill.  */
5102 
5103   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
5104     {
5105       edge e;
5106 
5107       /* If the current block is the destination of an abnormal edge, we
5108 	 kill all trapping expressions because we won't be able to properly
5109 	 place the instruction on the edge.  So make them neither
5110 	 anticipatable nor transparent.  This is fairly conservative.  */
5111       for (e = bb->pred; e ; e = e->pred_next)
5112 	if (e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)
5113 	  {
5114 	    sbitmap_difference (antloc[bb->index], antloc[bb->index], trapping_expr);
5115 	    sbitmap_difference (transp[bb->index], transp[bb->index], trapping_expr);
5116 	    break;
5117 	  }
5118 
5119       sbitmap_a_or_b (ae_kill[bb->index], transp[bb->index], comp[bb->index]);
5120       sbitmap_not (ae_kill[bb->index], ae_kill[bb->index]);
5121     }
5122 
5123   edge_list = pre_edge_lcm (gcse_file, expr_hash_table.n_elems, transp, comp, antloc,
5124 			    ae_kill, &pre_insert_map, &pre_delete_map);
5125   sbitmap_vector_free (antloc);
5126   antloc = NULL;
5127   sbitmap_vector_free (ae_kill);
5128   ae_kill = NULL;
5129   sbitmap_free (trapping_expr);
5130 }
5131 
5132 /* PRE utilities */
5133 
5134 /* Return nonzero if an occurrence of expression EXPR in OCCR_BB would reach
5135    block BB.
5136 
5137    VISITED is a pointer to a working buffer for tracking which BB's have
5138    been visited.  It is NULL for the top-level call.
5139 
5140    We treat reaching expressions that go through blocks containing the same
5141    reaching expression as "not reaching".  E.g. if EXPR is generated in blocks
5142    2 and 3, INSN is in block 4, and 2->3->4, we treat the expression in block
5143    2 as not reaching.  The intent is to improve the probability of finding
5144    only one reaching expression and to reduce register lifetimes by picking
5145    the closest such expression.  */
5146 
5147 static int
pre_expr_reaches_here_p_work(basic_block occr_bb,struct expr * expr,basic_block bb,char * visited)5148 pre_expr_reaches_here_p_work (basic_block occr_bb, struct expr *expr, basic_block bb, char *visited)
5149 {
5150   edge pred;
5151 
5152   for (pred = bb->pred; pred != NULL; pred = pred->pred_next)
5153     {
5154       basic_block pred_bb = pred->src;
5155 
5156       if (pred->src == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR
5157 	  /* Has predecessor has already been visited?  */
5158 	  || visited[pred_bb->index])
5159 	;/* Nothing to do.  */
5160 
5161       /* Does this predecessor generate this expression?  */
5162       else if (TEST_BIT (comp[pred_bb->index], expr->bitmap_index))
5163 	{
5164 	  /* Is this the occurrence we're looking for?
5165 	     Note that there's only one generating occurrence per block
5166 	     so we just need to check the block number.  */
5167 	  if (occr_bb == pred_bb)
5168 	    return 1;
5169 
5170 	  visited[pred_bb->index] = 1;
5171 	}
5172       /* Ignore this predecessor if it kills the expression.  */
5173       else if (! TEST_BIT (transp[pred_bb->index], expr->bitmap_index))
5174 	visited[pred_bb->index] = 1;
5175 
5176       /* Neither gen nor kill.  */
5177       else
5178 	{
5179 	  visited[pred_bb->index] = 1;
5180 	  if (pre_expr_reaches_here_p_work (occr_bb, expr, pred_bb, visited))
5181 	    return 1;
5182 	}
5183     }
5184 
5185   /* All paths have been checked.  */
5186   return 0;
5187 }
5188 
5189 /* The wrapper for pre_expr_reaches_here_work that ensures that any
5190    memory allocated for that function is returned.  */
5191 
5192 static int
pre_expr_reaches_here_p(basic_block occr_bb,struct expr * expr,basic_block bb)5193 pre_expr_reaches_here_p (basic_block occr_bb, struct expr *expr, basic_block bb)
5194 {
5195   int rval;
5196   char *visited = xcalloc (last_basic_block, 1);
5197 
5198   rval = pre_expr_reaches_here_p_work (occr_bb, expr, bb, visited);
5199 
5200   free (visited);
5201   return rval;
5202 }
5203 
5204 
5205 /* Given an expr, generate RTL which we can insert at the end of a BB,
5206    or on an edge.  Set the block number of any insns generated to
5207    the value of BB.  */
5208 
5209 static rtx
process_insert_insn(struct expr * expr)5210 process_insert_insn (struct expr *expr)
5211 {
5212   rtx reg = expr->reaching_reg;
5213   rtx exp = copy_rtx (expr->expr);
5214   rtx pat;
5215 
5216   start_sequence ();
5217 
5218   /* If the expression is something that's an operand, like a constant,
5219      just copy it to a register.  */
5220   if (general_operand (exp, GET_MODE (reg)))
5221     emit_move_insn (reg, exp);
5222 
5223   /* Otherwise, make a new insn to compute this expression and make sure the
5224      insn will be recognized (this also adds any needed CLOBBERs).  Copy the
5225      expression to make sure we don't have any sharing issues.  */
5226   else if (insn_invalid_p (emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, exp))))
5227     abort ();
5228 
5229   pat = get_insns ();
5230   end_sequence ();
5231 
5232   return pat;
5233 }
5234 
5235 /* Add EXPR to the end of basic block BB.
5236 
5237    This is used by both the PRE and code hoisting.
5238 
5239    For PRE, we want to verify that the expr is either transparent
5240    or locally anticipatable in the target block.  This check makes
5241    no sense for code hoisting.  */
5242 
5243 static void
insert_insn_end_bb(struct expr * expr,basic_block bb,int pre)5244 insert_insn_end_bb (struct expr *expr, basic_block bb, int pre)
5245 {
5246   rtx insn = BB_END (bb);
5247   rtx new_insn;
5248   rtx reg = expr->reaching_reg;
5249   int regno = REGNO (reg);
5250   rtx pat, pat_end;
5251 
5252   pat = process_insert_insn (expr);
5253   if (pat == NULL_RTX || ! INSN_P (pat))
5254     abort ();
5255 
5256   pat_end = pat;
5257   while (NEXT_INSN (pat_end) != NULL_RTX)
5258     pat_end = NEXT_INSN (pat_end);
5259 
5260   /* If the last insn is a jump, insert EXPR in front [taking care to
5261      handle cc0, etc. properly].  Similarly we need to care trapping
5262      instructions in presence of non-call exceptions.  */
5263 
5264   if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
5265       || (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
5266 	  && (bb->succ->succ_next || (bb->succ->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL))))
5267     {
5268 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
5269       rtx note;
5270 #endif
5271       /* It should always be the case that we can put these instructions
5272 	 anywhere in the basic block with performing PRE optimizations.
5273 	 Check this.  */
5274       if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN && pre
5275 	  && !TEST_BIT (antloc[bb->index], expr->bitmap_index)
5276 	  && !TEST_BIT (transp[bb->index], expr->bitmap_index))
5277 	abort ();
5278 
5279       /* If this is a jump table, then we can't insert stuff here.  Since
5280 	 we know the previous real insn must be the tablejump, we insert
5281 	 the new instruction just before the tablejump.  */
5282       if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_VEC
5283 	  || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)
5284 	insn = prev_real_insn (insn);
5285 
5286 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
5287       /* FIXME: 'twould be nice to call prev_cc0_setter here but it aborts
5288 	 if cc0 isn't set.  */
5289       note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_CC_SETTER, NULL_RTX);
5290       if (note)
5291 	insn = XEXP (note, 0);
5292       else
5293 	{
5294 	  rtx maybe_cc0_setter = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
5295 	  if (maybe_cc0_setter
5296 	      && INSN_P (maybe_cc0_setter)
5297 	      && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (maybe_cc0_setter)))
5298 	    insn = maybe_cc0_setter;
5299 	}
5300 #endif
5301       /* FIXME: What if something in cc0/jump uses value set in new insn?  */
5302       new_insn = emit_insn_before_noloc (pat, insn);
5303     }
5304 
5305   /* Likewise if the last insn is a call, as will happen in the presence
5306      of exception handling.  */
5307   else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
5308 	   && (bb->succ->succ_next || (bb->succ->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL)))
5309     {
5310       /* Keeping in mind SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and parameters in registers,
5311 	 we search backward and place the instructions before the first
5312 	 parameter is loaded.  Do this for everyone for consistency and a
5313 	 presumption that we'll get better code elsewhere as well.
5314 
5315 	 It should always be the case that we can put these instructions
5316 	 anywhere in the basic block with performing PRE optimizations.
5317 	 Check this.  */
5318 
5319       if (pre
5320 	  && !TEST_BIT (antloc[bb->index], expr->bitmap_index)
5321 	  && !TEST_BIT (transp[bb->index], expr->bitmap_index))
5322 	abort ();
5323 
5324       /* Since different machines initialize their parameter registers
5325 	 in different orders, assume nothing.  Collect the set of all
5326 	 parameter registers.  */
5327       insn = find_first_parameter_load (insn, BB_HEAD (bb));
5328 
5329       /* If we found all the parameter loads, then we want to insert
5330 	 before the first parameter load.
5331 
5332 	 If we did not find all the parameter loads, then we might have
5333 	 stopped on the head of the block, which could be a CODE_LABEL.
5334 	 If we inserted before the CODE_LABEL, then we would be putting
5335 	 the insn in the wrong basic block.  In that case, put the insn
5336 	 after the CODE_LABEL.  Also, respect NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK.  */
5337       while (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
5338 	     || NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (insn))
5339 	insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
5340 
5341       new_insn = emit_insn_before_noloc (pat, insn);
5342     }
5343   else
5344     new_insn = emit_insn_after_noloc (pat, insn);
5345 
5346   while (1)
5347     {
5348       if (INSN_P (pat))
5349 	{
5350 	  add_label_notes (PATTERN (pat), new_insn);
5351 	  note_stores (PATTERN (pat), record_set_info, pat);
5352 	}
5353       if (pat == pat_end)
5354 	break;
5355       pat = NEXT_INSN (pat);
5356     }
5357 
5358   gcse_create_count++;
5359 
5360   if (gcse_file)
5361     {
5362       fprintf (gcse_file, "PRE/HOIST: end of bb %d, insn %d, ",
5363 	       bb->index, INSN_UID (new_insn));
5364       fprintf (gcse_file, "copying expression %d to reg %d\n",
5365 	       expr->bitmap_index, regno);
5366     }
5367 }
5368 
5369 /* Insert partially redundant expressions on edges in the CFG to make
5370    the expressions fully redundant.  */
5371 
5372 static int
pre_edge_insert(struct edge_list * edge_list,struct expr ** index_map)5373 pre_edge_insert (struct edge_list *edge_list, struct expr **index_map)
5374 {
5375   int e, i, j, num_edges, set_size, did_insert = 0;
5376   sbitmap *inserted;
5377 
5378   /* Where PRE_INSERT_MAP is nonzero, we add the expression on that edge
5379      if it reaches any of the deleted expressions.  */
5380 
5381   set_size = pre_insert_map[0]->size;
5382   num_edges = NUM_EDGES (edge_list);
5383   inserted = sbitmap_vector_alloc (num_edges, expr_hash_table.n_elems);
5384   sbitmap_vector_zero (inserted, num_edges);
5385 
5386   for (e = 0; e < num_edges; e++)
5387     {
5388       int indx;
5389       basic_block bb = INDEX_EDGE_PRED_BB (edge_list, e);
5390 
5391       for (i = indx = 0; i < set_size; i++, indx += SBITMAP_ELT_BITS)
5392 	{
5393 	  SBITMAP_ELT_TYPE insert = pre_insert_map[e]->elms[i];
5394 
5395 	  for (j = indx; insert && j < (int) expr_hash_table.n_elems; j++, insert >>= 1)
5396 	    if ((insert & 1) != 0 && index_map[j]->reaching_reg != NULL_RTX)
5397 	      {
5398 		struct expr *expr = index_map[j];
5399 		struct occr *occr;
5400 
5401 		/* Now look at each deleted occurrence of this expression.  */
5402 		for (occr = expr->antic_occr; occr != NULL; occr = occr->next)
5403 		  {
5404 		    if (! occr->deleted_p)
5405 		      continue;
5406 
5407 		    /* Insert this expression on this edge if if it would
5408 		       reach the deleted occurrence in BB.  */
5409 		    if (!TEST_BIT (inserted[e], j))
5410 		      {
5411 			rtx insn;
5412 			edge eg = INDEX_EDGE (edge_list, e);
5413 
5414 			/* We can't insert anything on an abnormal and
5415 			   critical edge, so we insert the insn at the end of
5416 			   the previous block. There are several alternatives
5417 			   detailed in Morgans book P277 (sec 10.5) for
5418 			   handling this situation.  This one is easiest for
5419 			   now.  */
5420 
5421 			if ((eg->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL) == EDGE_ABNORMAL)
5422 			  insert_insn_end_bb (index_map[j], bb, 0);
5423 			else
5424 			  {
5425 			    insn = process_insert_insn (index_map[j]);
5426 			    insert_insn_on_edge (insn, eg);
5427 			  }
5428 
5429 			if (gcse_file)
5430 			  {
5431 			    fprintf (gcse_file, "PRE/HOIST: edge (%d,%d), ",
5432 				     bb->index,
5433 				     INDEX_EDGE_SUCC_BB (edge_list, e)->index);
5434 			    fprintf (gcse_file, "copy expression %d\n",
5435 				     expr->bitmap_index);
5436 			  }
5437 
5438 			update_ld_motion_stores (expr);
5439 			SET_BIT (inserted[e], j);
5440 			did_insert = 1;
5441 			gcse_create_count++;
5442 		      }
5443 		  }
5444 	      }
5445 	}
5446     }
5447 
5448   sbitmap_vector_free (inserted);
5449   return did_insert;
5450 }
5451 
5452 /* Copy the result of EXPR->EXPR generated by INSN to EXPR->REACHING_REG.
5453    Given "old_reg <- expr" (INSN), instead of adding after it
5454      reaching_reg <- old_reg
5455    it's better to do the following:
5456      reaching_reg <- expr
5457      old_reg      <- reaching_reg
5458    because this way copy propagation can discover additional PRE
5459    opportunities.  But if this fails, we try the old way.
5460    When "expr" is a store, i.e.
5461    given "MEM <- old_reg", instead of adding after it
5462      reaching_reg <- old_reg
5463    it's better to add it before as follows:
5464      reaching_reg <- old_reg
5465      MEM          <- reaching_reg.  */
5466 
5467 static void
pre_insert_copy_insn(struct expr * expr,rtx insn)5468 pre_insert_copy_insn (struct expr *expr, rtx insn)
5469 {
5470   rtx reg = expr->reaching_reg;
5471   int regno = REGNO (reg);
5472   int indx = expr->bitmap_index;
5473   rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
5474   rtx set, new_insn;
5475   rtx old_reg;
5476   int i;
5477 
5478   /* This block matches the logic in hash_scan_insn.  */
5479   if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET)
5480     set = pat;
5481   else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
5482     {
5483       /* Search through the parallel looking for the set whose
5484 	 source was the expression that we're interested in.  */
5485       set = NULL_RTX;
5486       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pat, 0); i++)
5487 	{
5488 	  rtx x = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
5489 	  if (GET_CODE (x) == SET
5490 	      && expr_equiv_p (SET_SRC (x), expr->expr))
5491 	    {
5492 	      set = x;
5493 	      break;
5494 	    }
5495 	}
5496     }
5497   else
5498     abort ();
5499 
5500   if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
5501     {
5502       old_reg = SET_DEST (set);
5503       /* Check if we can modify the set destination in the original insn.  */
5504       if (validate_change (insn, &SET_DEST (set), reg, 0))
5505         {
5506           new_insn = gen_move_insn (old_reg, reg);
5507           new_insn = emit_insn_after (new_insn, insn);
5508 
5509           /* Keep register set table up to date.  */
5510           replace_one_set (REGNO (old_reg), insn, new_insn);
5511           record_one_set (regno, insn);
5512         }
5513       else
5514         {
5515           new_insn = gen_move_insn (reg, old_reg);
5516           new_insn = emit_insn_after (new_insn, insn);
5517 
5518           /* Keep register set table up to date.  */
5519           record_one_set (regno, new_insn);
5520         }
5521     }
5522   else /* This is possible only in case of a store to memory.  */
5523     {
5524       old_reg = SET_SRC (set);
5525       new_insn = gen_move_insn (reg, old_reg);
5526 
5527       /* Check if we can modify the set source in the original insn.  */
5528       if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (set), reg, 0))
5529         new_insn = emit_insn_before (new_insn, insn);
5530       else
5531         new_insn = emit_insn_after (new_insn, insn);
5532 
5533       /* Keep register set table up to date.  */
5534       record_one_set (regno, new_insn);
5535     }
5536 
5537   gcse_create_count++;
5538 
5539   if (gcse_file)
5540     fprintf (gcse_file,
5541 	     "PRE: bb %d, insn %d, copy expression %d in insn %d to reg %d\n",
5542 	      BLOCK_NUM (insn), INSN_UID (new_insn), indx,
5543 	      INSN_UID (insn), regno);
5544 }
5545 
5546 /* Copy available expressions that reach the redundant expression
5547    to `reaching_reg'.  */
5548 
5549 static void
pre_insert_copies(void)5550 pre_insert_copies (void)
5551 {
5552   unsigned int i, added_copy;
5553   struct expr *expr;
5554   struct occr *occr;
5555   struct occr *avail;
5556 
5557   /* For each available expression in the table, copy the result to
5558      `reaching_reg' if the expression reaches a deleted one.
5559 
5560      ??? The current algorithm is rather brute force.
5561      Need to do some profiling.  */
5562 
5563   for (i = 0; i < expr_hash_table.size; i++)
5564     for (expr = expr_hash_table.table[i]; expr != NULL; expr = expr->next_same_hash)
5565       {
5566 	/* If the basic block isn't reachable, PPOUT will be TRUE.  However,
5567 	   we don't want to insert a copy here because the expression may not
5568 	   really be redundant.  So only insert an insn if the expression was
5569 	   deleted.  This test also avoids further processing if the
5570 	   expression wasn't deleted anywhere.  */
5571 	if (expr->reaching_reg == NULL)
5572 	  continue;
5573 
5574 	/* Set when we add a copy for that expression.  */
5575 	added_copy = 0;
5576 
5577 	for (occr = expr->antic_occr; occr != NULL; occr = occr->next)
5578 	  {
5579 	    if (! occr->deleted_p)
5580 	      continue;
5581 
5582 	    for (avail = expr->avail_occr; avail != NULL; avail = avail->next)
5583 	      {
5584 		rtx insn = avail->insn;
5585 
5586 		/* No need to handle this one if handled already.  */
5587 		if (avail->copied_p)
5588 		  continue;
5589 
5590 		/* Don't handle this one if it's a redundant one.  */
5591 		if (TEST_BIT (pre_redundant_insns, INSN_CUID (insn)))
5592 		  continue;
5593 
5594 		/* Or if the expression doesn't reach the deleted one.  */
5595 		if (! pre_expr_reaches_here_p (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (avail->insn),
5596 					       expr,
5597 					       BLOCK_FOR_INSN (occr->insn)))
5598 		  continue;
5599 
5600                 added_copy = 1;
5601 
5602 		/* Copy the result of avail to reaching_reg.  */
5603 		pre_insert_copy_insn (expr, insn);
5604 		avail->copied_p = 1;
5605 	      }
5606 	  }
5607 
5608  	  if (added_copy)
5609             update_ld_motion_stores (expr);
5610       }
5611 }
5612 
5613 /* Emit move from SRC to DEST noting the equivalence with expression computed
5614    in INSN.  */
5615 static rtx
gcse_emit_move_after(rtx src,rtx dest,rtx insn)5616 gcse_emit_move_after (rtx src, rtx dest, rtx insn)
5617 {
5618   rtx new;
5619   rtx set = single_set (insn), set2;
5620   rtx note;
5621   rtx eqv;
5622 
5623   /* This should never fail since we're creating a reg->reg copy
5624      we've verified to be valid.  */
5625 
5626   new = emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (dest, src), insn);
5627 
5628   /* Note the equivalence for local CSE pass.  */
5629   set2 = single_set (new);
5630   if (!set2 || !rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set2), dest))
5631     return new;
5632   if ((note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn)))
5633     eqv = XEXP (note, 0);
5634   else
5635     eqv = SET_SRC (set);
5636 
5637   set_unique_reg_note (new, REG_EQUAL, copy_insn_1 (eqv));
5638 
5639   return new;
5640 }
5641 
5642 /* Delete redundant computations.
5643    Deletion is done by changing the insn to copy the `reaching_reg' of
5644    the expression into the result of the SET.  It is left to later passes
5645    (cprop, cse2, flow, combine, regmove) to propagate the copy or eliminate it.
5646 
5647    Returns nonzero if a change is made.  */
5648 
5649 static int
pre_delete(void)5650 pre_delete (void)
5651 {
5652   unsigned int i;
5653   int changed;
5654   struct expr *expr;
5655   struct occr *occr;
5656 
5657   changed = 0;
5658   for (i = 0; i < expr_hash_table.size; i++)
5659     for (expr = expr_hash_table.table[i];
5660 	 expr != NULL;
5661 	 expr = expr->next_same_hash)
5662       {
5663 	int indx = expr->bitmap_index;
5664 
5665 	/* We only need to search antic_occr since we require
5666 	   ANTLOC != 0.  */
5667 
5668 	for (occr = expr->antic_occr; occr != NULL; occr = occr->next)
5669 	  {
5670 	    rtx insn = occr->insn;
5671 	    rtx set;
5672 	    basic_block bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn);
5673 
5674 	    /* We only delete insns that have a single_set.  */
5675 	    if (TEST_BIT (pre_delete_map[bb->index], indx)
5676 		&& (set = single_set (insn)) != 0)
5677 	      {
5678 		/* Create a pseudo-reg to store the result of reaching
5679 		   expressions into.  Get the mode for the new pseudo from
5680 		   the mode of the original destination pseudo.  */
5681 		if (expr->reaching_reg == NULL)
5682 		  expr->reaching_reg
5683 		    = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)));
5684 
5685 		gcse_emit_move_after (expr->reaching_reg, SET_DEST (set), insn);
5686 		delete_insn (insn);
5687 		occr->deleted_p = 1;
5688 		SET_BIT (pre_redundant_insns, INSN_CUID (insn));
5689 		changed = 1;
5690 		gcse_subst_count++;
5691 
5692 		if (gcse_file)
5693 		  {
5694 		    fprintf (gcse_file,
5695 			     "PRE: redundant insn %d (expression %d) in ",
5696 			       INSN_UID (insn), indx);
5697 		    fprintf (gcse_file, "bb %d, reaching reg is %d\n",
5698 			     bb->index, REGNO (expr->reaching_reg));
5699 		  }
5700 	      }
5701 	  }
5702       }
5703 
5704   return changed;
5705 }
5706 
5707 /* Perform GCSE optimizations using PRE.
5708    This is called by one_pre_gcse_pass after all the dataflow analysis
5709    has been done.
5710 
5711    This is based on the original Morel-Renvoise paper Fred Chow's thesis, and
5712    lazy code motion from Knoop, Ruthing and Steffen as described in Advanced
5713    Compiler Design and Implementation.
5714 
5715    ??? A new pseudo reg is created to hold the reaching expression.  The nice
5716    thing about the classical approach is that it would try to use an existing
5717    reg.  If the register can't be adequately optimized [i.e. we introduce
5718    reload problems], one could add a pass here to propagate the new register
5719    through the block.
5720 
5721    ??? We don't handle single sets in PARALLELs because we're [currently] not
5722    able to copy the rest of the parallel when we insert copies to create full
5723    redundancies from partial redundancies.  However, there's no reason why we
5724    can't handle PARALLELs in the cases where there are no partial
5725    redundancies.  */
5726 
5727 static int
pre_gcse(void)5728 pre_gcse (void)
5729 {
5730   unsigned int i;
5731   int did_insert, changed;
5732   struct expr **index_map;
5733   struct expr *expr;
5734 
5735   /* Compute a mapping from expression number (`bitmap_index') to
5736      hash table entry.  */
5737 
5738   index_map = xcalloc (expr_hash_table.n_elems, sizeof (struct expr *));
5739   for (i = 0; i < expr_hash_table.size; i++)
5740     for (expr = expr_hash_table.table[i]; expr != NULL; expr = expr->next_same_hash)
5741       index_map[expr->bitmap_index] = expr;
5742 
5743   /* Reset bitmap used to track which insns are redundant.  */
5744   pre_redundant_insns = sbitmap_alloc (max_cuid);
5745   sbitmap_zero (pre_redundant_insns);
5746 
5747   /* Delete the redundant insns first so that
5748      - we know what register to use for the new insns and for the other
5749        ones with reaching expressions
5750      - we know which insns are redundant when we go to create copies  */
5751 
5752   changed = pre_delete ();
5753 
5754   did_insert = pre_edge_insert (edge_list, index_map);
5755 
5756   /* In other places with reaching expressions, copy the expression to the
5757      specially allocated pseudo-reg that reaches the redundant expr.  */
5758   pre_insert_copies ();
5759   if (did_insert)
5760     {
5761       commit_edge_insertions ();
5762       changed = 1;
5763     }
5764 
5765   free (index_map);
5766   sbitmap_free (pre_redundant_insns);
5767   return changed;
5768 }
5769 
5770 /* Top level routine to perform one PRE GCSE pass.
5771 
5772    Return nonzero if a change was made.  */
5773 
5774 static int
one_pre_gcse_pass(int pass)5775 one_pre_gcse_pass (int pass)
5776 {
5777   int changed = 0;
5778 
5779   gcse_subst_count = 0;
5780   gcse_create_count = 0;
5781 
5782   alloc_hash_table (max_cuid, &expr_hash_table, 0);
5783   add_noreturn_fake_exit_edges ();
5784   if (flag_gcse_lm)
5785     compute_ld_motion_mems ();
5786 
5787   compute_hash_table (&expr_hash_table);
5788   trim_ld_motion_mems ();
5789   if (gcse_file)
5790     dump_hash_table (gcse_file, "Expression", &expr_hash_table);
5791 
5792   if (expr_hash_table.n_elems > 0)
5793     {
5794       alloc_pre_mem (last_basic_block, expr_hash_table.n_elems);
5795       compute_pre_data ();
5796       changed |= pre_gcse ();
5797       free_edge_list (edge_list);
5798       free_pre_mem ();
5799     }
5800 
5801   free_ldst_mems ();
5802   remove_fake_edges ();
5803   free_hash_table (&expr_hash_table);
5804 
5805   if (gcse_file)
5806     {
5807       fprintf (gcse_file, "\nPRE GCSE of %s, pass %d: %d bytes needed, ",
5808 	       current_function_name (), pass, bytes_used);
5809       fprintf (gcse_file, "%d substs, %d insns created\n",
5810 	       gcse_subst_count, gcse_create_count);
5811     }
5812 
5813   return changed;
5814 }
5815 
5816 /* If X contains any LABEL_REF's, add REG_LABEL notes for them to INSN.
5817    If notes are added to an insn which references a CODE_LABEL, the
5818    LABEL_NUSES count is incremented.  We have to add REG_LABEL notes,
5819    because the following loop optimization pass requires them.  */
5820 
5821 /* ??? This is very similar to the loop.c add_label_notes function.  We
5822    could probably share code here.  */
5823 
5824 /* ??? If there was a jump optimization pass after gcse and before loop,
5825    then we would not need to do this here, because jump would add the
5826    necessary REG_LABEL notes.  */
5827 
5828 static void
add_label_notes(rtx x,rtx insn)5829 add_label_notes (rtx x, rtx insn)
5830 {
5831   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
5832   int i, j;
5833   const char *fmt;
5834 
5835   if (code == LABEL_REF && !LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x))
5836     {
5837       /* This code used to ignore labels that referred to dispatch tables to
5838 	 avoid flow generating (slightly) worse code.
5839 
5840 	 We no longer ignore such label references (see LABEL_REF handling in
5841 	 mark_jump_label for additional information).  */
5842 
5843       REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_LABEL, XEXP (x, 0),
5844 					    REG_NOTES (insn));
5845       if (LABEL_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
5846 	LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (x, 0))++;
5847       return;
5848     }
5849 
5850   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i >= 0; i--)
5851     {
5852       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
5853 	add_label_notes (XEXP (x, i), insn);
5854       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
5855 	for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
5856 	  add_label_notes (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn);
5857     }
5858 }
5859 
5860 /* Compute transparent outgoing information for each block.
5861 
5862    An expression is transparent to an edge unless it is killed by
5863    the edge itself.  This can only happen with abnormal control flow,
5864    when the edge is traversed through a call.  This happens with
5865    non-local labels and exceptions.
5866 
5867    This would not be necessary if we split the edge.  While this is
5868    normally impossible for abnormal critical edges, with some effort
5869    it should be possible with exception handling, since we still have
5870    control over which handler should be invoked.  But due to increased
5871    EH table sizes, this may not be worthwhile.  */
5872 
5873 static void
compute_transpout(void)5874 compute_transpout (void)
5875 {
5876   basic_block bb;
5877   unsigned int i;
5878   struct expr *expr;
5879 
5880   sbitmap_vector_ones (transpout, last_basic_block);
5881 
5882   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
5883     {
5884       /* Note that flow inserted a nop a the end of basic blocks that
5885 	 end in call instructions for reasons other than abnormal
5886 	 control flow.  */
5887       if (GET_CODE (BB_END (bb)) != CALL_INSN)
5888 	continue;
5889 
5890       for (i = 0; i < expr_hash_table.size; i++)
5891 	for (expr = expr_hash_table.table[i]; expr ; expr = expr->next_same_hash)
5892 	  if (GET_CODE (expr->expr) == MEM)
5893 	    {
5894 	      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (expr->expr, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
5895 		  && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (expr->expr, 0)))
5896 		continue;
5897 
5898 	      /* ??? Optimally, we would use interprocedural alias
5899 		 analysis to determine if this mem is actually killed
5900 		 by this call.  */
5901 	      RESET_BIT (transpout[bb->index], expr->bitmap_index);
5902 	    }
5903     }
5904 }
5905 
5906 /* Removal of useless null pointer checks */
5907 
5908 /* Called via note_stores.  X is set by SETTER.  If X is a register we must
5909    invalidate nonnull_local and set nonnull_killed.  DATA is really a
5910    `null_pointer_info *'.
5911 
5912    We ignore hard registers.  */
5913 
5914 static void
invalidate_nonnull_info(rtx x,rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,void * data)5915 invalidate_nonnull_info (rtx x, rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data)
5916 {
5917   unsigned int regno;
5918   struct null_pointer_info *npi = (struct null_pointer_info *) data;
5919 
5920   while (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
5921     x = SUBREG_REG (x);
5922 
5923   /* Ignore anything that is not a register or is a hard register.  */
5924   if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
5925       || REGNO (x) < npi->min_reg
5926       || REGNO (x) >= npi->max_reg)
5927     return;
5928 
5929   regno = REGNO (x) - npi->min_reg;
5930 
5931   RESET_BIT (npi->nonnull_local[npi->current_block->index], regno);
5932   SET_BIT (npi->nonnull_killed[npi->current_block->index], regno);
5933 }
5934 
5935 /* Do null-pointer check elimination for the registers indicated in
5936    NPI.  NONNULL_AVIN and NONNULL_AVOUT are pre-allocated sbitmaps;
5937    they are not our responsibility to free.  */
5938 
5939 static int
delete_null_pointer_checks_1(unsigned int * block_reg,sbitmap * nonnull_avin,sbitmap * nonnull_avout,struct null_pointer_info * npi)5940 delete_null_pointer_checks_1 (unsigned int *block_reg, sbitmap *nonnull_avin,
5941 			      sbitmap *nonnull_avout,
5942 			      struct null_pointer_info *npi)
5943 {
5944   basic_block bb, current_block;
5945   sbitmap *nonnull_local = npi->nonnull_local;
5946   sbitmap *nonnull_killed = npi->nonnull_killed;
5947   int something_changed = 0;
5948 
5949   /* Compute local properties, nonnull and killed.  A register will have
5950      the nonnull property if at the end of the current block its value is
5951      known to be nonnull.  The killed property indicates that somewhere in
5952      the block any information we had about the register is killed.
5953 
5954      Note that a register can have both properties in a single block.  That
5955      indicates that it's killed, then later in the block a new value is
5956      computed.  */
5957   sbitmap_vector_zero (nonnull_local, last_basic_block);
5958   sbitmap_vector_zero (nonnull_killed, last_basic_block);
5959 
5960   FOR_EACH_BB (current_block)
5961     {
5962       rtx insn, stop_insn;
5963 
5964       /* Set the current block for invalidate_nonnull_info.  */
5965       npi->current_block = current_block;
5966 
5967       /* Scan each insn in the basic block looking for memory references and
5968 	 register sets.  */
5969       stop_insn = NEXT_INSN (BB_END (current_block));
5970       for (insn = BB_HEAD (current_block);
5971 	   insn != stop_insn;
5972 	   insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
5973 	{
5974 	  rtx set;
5975 	  rtx reg;
5976 
5977 	  /* Ignore anything that is not a normal insn.  */
5978 	  if (! INSN_P (insn))
5979 	    continue;
5980 
5981 	  /* Basically ignore anything that is not a simple SET.  We do have
5982 	     to make sure to invalidate nonnull_local and set nonnull_killed
5983 	     for such insns though.  */
5984 	  set = single_set (insn);
5985 	  if (!set)
5986 	    {
5987 	      note_stores (PATTERN (insn), invalidate_nonnull_info, npi);
5988 	      continue;
5989 	    }
5990 
5991 	  /* See if we've got a usable memory load.  We handle it first
5992 	     in case it uses its address register as a dest (which kills
5993 	     the nonnull property).  */
5994 	  if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == MEM
5995 	      && GET_CODE ((reg = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0))) == REG
5996 	      && REGNO (reg) >= npi->min_reg
5997 	      && REGNO (reg) < npi->max_reg)
5998 	    SET_BIT (nonnull_local[current_block->index],
5999 		     REGNO (reg) - npi->min_reg);
6000 
6001 	  /* Now invalidate stuff clobbered by this insn.  */
6002 	  note_stores (PATTERN (insn), invalidate_nonnull_info, npi);
6003 
6004 	  /* And handle stores, we do these last since any sets in INSN can
6005 	     not kill the nonnull property if it is derived from a MEM
6006 	     appearing in a SET_DEST.  */
6007 	  if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == MEM
6008 	      && GET_CODE ((reg = XEXP (SET_DEST (set), 0))) == REG
6009 	      && REGNO (reg) >= npi->min_reg
6010 	      && REGNO (reg) < npi->max_reg)
6011 	    SET_BIT (nonnull_local[current_block->index],
6012 		     REGNO (reg) - npi->min_reg);
6013 	}
6014     }
6015 
6016   /* Now compute global properties based on the local properties.   This
6017      is a classic global availability algorithm.  */
6018   compute_available (nonnull_local, nonnull_killed,
6019 		     nonnull_avout, nonnull_avin);
6020 
6021   /* Now look at each bb and see if it ends with a compare of a value
6022      against zero.  */
6023   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
6024     {
6025       rtx last_insn = BB_END (bb);
6026       rtx condition, earliest;
6027       int compare_and_branch;
6028 
6029       /* Since MIN_REG is always at least FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, and
6030 	 since BLOCK_REG[BB] is zero if this block did not end with a
6031 	 comparison against zero, this condition works.  */
6032       if (block_reg[bb->index] < npi->min_reg
6033 	  || block_reg[bb->index] >= npi->max_reg)
6034 	continue;
6035 
6036       /* LAST_INSN is a conditional jump.  Get its condition.  */
6037       condition = get_condition (last_insn, &earliest, false);
6038 
6039       /* If we can't determine the condition then skip.  */
6040       if (! condition)
6041 	continue;
6042 
6043       /* Is the register known to have a nonzero value?  */
6044       if (!TEST_BIT (nonnull_avout[bb->index], block_reg[bb->index] - npi->min_reg))
6045 	continue;
6046 
6047       /* Try to compute whether the compare/branch at the loop end is one or
6048 	 two instructions.  */
6049       if (earliest == last_insn)
6050 	compare_and_branch = 1;
6051       else if (earliest == prev_nonnote_insn (last_insn))
6052 	compare_and_branch = 2;
6053       else
6054 	continue;
6055 
6056       /* We know the register in this comparison is nonnull at exit from
6057 	 this block.  We can optimize this comparison.  */
6058       if (GET_CODE (condition) == NE)
6059 	{
6060 	  rtx new_jump;
6061 
6062 	  new_jump = emit_jump_insn_after (gen_jump (JUMP_LABEL (last_insn)),
6063 					   last_insn);
6064 	  JUMP_LABEL (new_jump) = JUMP_LABEL (last_insn);
6065 	  LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (new_jump))++;
6066 	  emit_barrier_after (new_jump);
6067 	}
6068 
6069       something_changed = 1;
6070       delete_insn (last_insn);
6071 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
6072       if (compare_and_branch == 2)
6073 	delete_insn (earliest);
6074 #endif
6075       purge_dead_edges (bb);
6076 
6077       /* Don't check this block again.  (Note that BB_END is
6078 	 invalid here; we deleted the last instruction in the
6079 	 block.)  */
6080       block_reg[bb->index] = 0;
6081     }
6082 
6083   return something_changed;
6084 }
6085 
6086 /* Find EQ/NE comparisons against zero which can be (indirectly) evaluated
6087    at compile time.
6088 
6089    This is conceptually similar to global constant/copy propagation and
6090    classic global CSE (it even uses the same dataflow equations as cprop).
6091 
6092    If a register is used as memory address with the form (mem (reg)), then we
6093    know that REG can not be zero at that point in the program.  Any instruction
6094    which sets REG "kills" this property.
6095 
6096    So, if every path leading to a conditional branch has an available memory
6097    reference of that form, then we know the register can not have the value
6098    zero at the conditional branch.
6099 
6100    So we merely need to compute the local properties and propagate that data
6101    around the cfg, then optimize where possible.
6102 
6103    We run this pass two times.  Once before CSE, then again after CSE.  This
6104    has proven to be the most profitable approach.  It is rare for new
6105    optimization opportunities of this nature to appear after the first CSE
6106    pass.
6107 
6108    This could probably be integrated with global cprop with a little work.  */
6109 
6110 int
delete_null_pointer_checks(rtx f ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6111 delete_null_pointer_checks (rtx f ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6112 {
6113   sbitmap *nonnull_avin, *nonnull_avout;
6114   unsigned int *block_reg;
6115   basic_block bb;
6116   int reg;
6117   int regs_per_pass;
6118   int max_reg = max_reg_num ();
6119   struct null_pointer_info npi;
6120   int something_changed = 0;
6121 
6122   /* If we have only a single block, or it is too expensive, give up.  */
6123   if (n_basic_blocks <= 1
6124       || is_too_expensive (_ ("NULL pointer checks disabled")))
6125     return 0;
6126 
6127   /* We need four bitmaps, each with a bit for each register in each
6128      basic block.  */
6129   regs_per_pass = get_bitmap_width (4, last_basic_block, max_reg);
6130 
6131   /* Allocate bitmaps to hold local and global properties.  */
6132   npi.nonnull_local = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, regs_per_pass);
6133   npi.nonnull_killed = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, regs_per_pass);
6134   nonnull_avin = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, regs_per_pass);
6135   nonnull_avout = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, regs_per_pass);
6136 
6137   /* Go through the basic blocks, seeing whether or not each block
6138      ends with a conditional branch whose condition is a comparison
6139      against zero.  Record the register compared in BLOCK_REG.  */
6140   block_reg = xcalloc (last_basic_block, sizeof (int));
6141   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
6142     {
6143       rtx last_insn = BB_END (bb);
6144       rtx condition, earliest, reg;
6145 
6146       /* We only want conditional branches.  */
6147       if (GET_CODE (last_insn) != JUMP_INSN
6148 	  || !any_condjump_p (last_insn)
6149 	  || !onlyjump_p (last_insn))
6150 	continue;
6151 
6152       /* LAST_INSN is a conditional jump.  Get its condition.  */
6153       condition = get_condition (last_insn, &earliest, false);
6154 
6155       /* If we were unable to get the condition, or it is not an equality
6156 	 comparison against zero then there's nothing we can do.  */
6157       if (!condition
6158 	  || (GET_CODE (condition) != NE && GET_CODE (condition) != EQ)
6159 	  || GET_CODE (XEXP (condition, 1)) != CONST_INT
6160 	  || (XEXP (condition, 1)
6161 	      != CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (XEXP (condition, 0)))))
6162 	continue;
6163 
6164       /* We must be checking a register against zero.  */
6165       reg = XEXP (condition, 0);
6166       if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG)
6167 	continue;
6168 
6169       block_reg[bb->index] = REGNO (reg);
6170     }
6171 
6172   /* Go through the algorithm for each block of registers.  */
6173   for (reg = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; reg < max_reg; reg += regs_per_pass)
6174     {
6175       npi.min_reg = reg;
6176       npi.max_reg = MIN (reg + regs_per_pass, max_reg);
6177       something_changed |= delete_null_pointer_checks_1 (block_reg,
6178 							 nonnull_avin,
6179 							 nonnull_avout,
6180 							 &npi);
6181     }
6182 
6183   /* Free the table of registers compared at the end of every block.  */
6184   free (block_reg);
6185 
6186   /* Free bitmaps.  */
6187   sbitmap_vector_free (npi.nonnull_local);
6188   sbitmap_vector_free (npi.nonnull_killed);
6189   sbitmap_vector_free (nonnull_avin);
6190   sbitmap_vector_free (nonnull_avout);
6191 
6192   return something_changed;
6193 }
6194 
6195 /* Code Hoisting variables and subroutines.  */
6196 
6197 /* Very busy expressions.  */
6198 static sbitmap *hoist_vbein;
6199 static sbitmap *hoist_vbeout;
6200 
6201 /* Hoistable expressions.  */
6202 static sbitmap *hoist_exprs;
6203 
6204 /* ??? We could compute post dominators and run this algorithm in
6205    reverse to perform tail merging, doing so would probably be
6206    more effective than the tail merging code in jump.c.
6207 
6208    It's unclear if tail merging could be run in parallel with
6209    code hoisting.  It would be nice.  */
6210 
6211 /* Allocate vars used for code hoisting analysis.  */
6212 
6213 static void
alloc_code_hoist_mem(int n_blocks,int n_exprs)6214 alloc_code_hoist_mem (int n_blocks, int n_exprs)
6215 {
6216   antloc = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
6217   transp = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
6218   comp = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
6219 
6220   hoist_vbein = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
6221   hoist_vbeout = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
6222   hoist_exprs = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
6223   transpout = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_blocks, n_exprs);
6224 }
6225 
6226 /* Free vars used for code hoisting analysis.  */
6227 
6228 static void
free_code_hoist_mem(void)6229 free_code_hoist_mem (void)
6230 {
6231   sbitmap_vector_free (antloc);
6232   sbitmap_vector_free (transp);
6233   sbitmap_vector_free (comp);
6234 
6235   sbitmap_vector_free (hoist_vbein);
6236   sbitmap_vector_free (hoist_vbeout);
6237   sbitmap_vector_free (hoist_exprs);
6238   sbitmap_vector_free (transpout);
6239 
6240   free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
6241 }
6242 
6243 /* Compute the very busy expressions at entry/exit from each block.
6244 
6245    An expression is very busy if all paths from a given point
6246    compute the expression.  */
6247 
6248 static void
compute_code_hoist_vbeinout(void)6249 compute_code_hoist_vbeinout (void)
6250 {
6251   int changed, passes;
6252   basic_block bb;
6253 
6254   sbitmap_vector_zero (hoist_vbeout, last_basic_block);
6255   sbitmap_vector_zero (hoist_vbein, last_basic_block);
6256 
6257   passes = 0;
6258   changed = 1;
6259 
6260   while (changed)
6261     {
6262       changed = 0;
6263 
6264       /* We scan the blocks in the reverse order to speed up
6265 	 the convergence.  */
6266       FOR_EACH_BB_REVERSE (bb)
6267 	{
6268 	  changed |= sbitmap_a_or_b_and_c_cg (hoist_vbein[bb->index], antloc[bb->index],
6269 					      hoist_vbeout[bb->index], transp[bb->index]);
6270 	  if (bb->next_bb != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
6271 	    sbitmap_intersection_of_succs (hoist_vbeout[bb->index], hoist_vbein, bb->index);
6272 	}
6273 
6274       passes++;
6275     }
6276 
6277   if (gcse_file)
6278     fprintf (gcse_file, "hoisting vbeinout computation: %d passes\n", passes);
6279 }
6280 
6281 /* Top level routine to do the dataflow analysis needed by code hoisting.  */
6282 
6283 static void
compute_code_hoist_data(void)6284 compute_code_hoist_data (void)
6285 {
6286   compute_local_properties (transp, comp, antloc, &expr_hash_table);
6287   compute_transpout ();
6288   compute_code_hoist_vbeinout ();
6289   calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
6290   if (gcse_file)
6291     fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
6292 }
6293 
6294 /* Determine if the expression identified by EXPR_INDEX would
6295    reach BB unimpared if it was placed at the end of EXPR_BB.
6296 
6297    It's unclear exactly what Muchnick meant by "unimpared".  It seems
6298    to me that the expression must either be computed or transparent in
6299    *every* block in the path(s) from EXPR_BB to BB.  Any other definition
6300    would allow the expression to be hoisted out of loops, even if
6301    the expression wasn't a loop invariant.
6302 
6303    Contrast this to reachability for PRE where an expression is
6304    considered reachable if *any* path reaches instead of *all*
6305    paths.  */
6306 
6307 static int
hoist_expr_reaches_here_p(basic_block expr_bb,int expr_index,basic_block bb,char * visited)6308 hoist_expr_reaches_here_p (basic_block expr_bb, int expr_index, basic_block bb, char *visited)
6309 {
6310   edge pred;
6311   int visited_allocated_locally = 0;
6312 
6313 
6314   if (visited == NULL)
6315     {
6316       visited_allocated_locally = 1;
6317       visited = xcalloc (last_basic_block, 1);
6318     }
6319 
6320   for (pred = bb->pred; pred != NULL; pred = pred->pred_next)
6321     {
6322       basic_block pred_bb = pred->src;
6323 
6324       if (pred->src == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
6325 	break;
6326       else if (pred_bb == expr_bb)
6327 	continue;
6328       else if (visited[pred_bb->index])
6329 	continue;
6330 
6331       /* Does this predecessor generate this expression?  */
6332       else if (TEST_BIT (comp[pred_bb->index], expr_index))
6333 	break;
6334       else if (! TEST_BIT (transp[pred_bb->index], expr_index))
6335 	break;
6336 
6337       /* Not killed.  */
6338       else
6339 	{
6340 	  visited[pred_bb->index] = 1;
6341 	  if (! hoist_expr_reaches_here_p (expr_bb, expr_index,
6342 					   pred_bb, visited))
6343 	    break;
6344 	}
6345     }
6346   if (visited_allocated_locally)
6347     free (visited);
6348 
6349   return (pred == NULL);
6350 }
6351 
6352 /* Actually perform code hoisting.  */
6353 
6354 static void
hoist_code(void)6355 hoist_code (void)
6356 {
6357   basic_block bb, dominated;
6358   basic_block *domby;
6359   unsigned int domby_len;
6360   unsigned int i,j;
6361   struct expr **index_map;
6362   struct expr *expr;
6363 
6364   sbitmap_vector_zero (hoist_exprs, last_basic_block);
6365 
6366   /* Compute a mapping from expression number (`bitmap_index') to
6367      hash table entry.  */
6368 
6369   index_map = xcalloc (expr_hash_table.n_elems, sizeof (struct expr *));
6370   for (i = 0; i < expr_hash_table.size; i++)
6371     for (expr = expr_hash_table.table[i]; expr != NULL; expr = expr->next_same_hash)
6372       index_map[expr->bitmap_index] = expr;
6373 
6374   /* Walk over each basic block looking for potentially hoistable
6375      expressions, nothing gets hoisted from the entry block.  */
6376   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
6377     {
6378       int found = 0;
6379       int insn_inserted_p;
6380 
6381       domby_len = get_dominated_by (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb, &domby);
6382       /* Examine each expression that is very busy at the exit of this
6383 	 block.  These are the potentially hoistable expressions.  */
6384       for (i = 0; i < hoist_vbeout[bb->index]->n_bits; i++)
6385 	{
6386 	  int hoistable = 0;
6387 
6388 	  if (TEST_BIT (hoist_vbeout[bb->index], i)
6389 	      && TEST_BIT (transpout[bb->index], i))
6390 	    {
6391 	      /* We've found a potentially hoistable expression, now
6392 		 we look at every block BB dominates to see if it
6393 		 computes the expression.  */
6394 	      for (j = 0; j < domby_len; j++)
6395 		{
6396 		  dominated = domby[j];
6397 		  /* Ignore self dominance.  */
6398 		  if (bb == dominated)
6399 		    continue;
6400 		  /* We've found a dominated block, now see if it computes
6401 		     the busy expression and whether or not moving that
6402 		     expression to the "beginning" of that block is safe.  */
6403 		  if (!TEST_BIT (antloc[dominated->index], i))
6404 		    continue;
6405 
6406 		  /* Note if the expression would reach the dominated block
6407 		     unimpared if it was placed at the end of BB.
6408 
6409 		     Keep track of how many times this expression is hoistable
6410 		     from a dominated block into BB.  */
6411 		  if (hoist_expr_reaches_here_p (bb, i, dominated, NULL))
6412 		    hoistable++;
6413 		}
6414 
6415 	      /* If we found more than one hoistable occurrence of this
6416 		 expression, then note it in the bitmap of expressions to
6417 		 hoist.  It makes no sense to hoist things which are computed
6418 		 in only one BB, and doing so tends to pessimize register
6419 		 allocation.  One could increase this value to try harder
6420 		 to avoid any possible code expansion due to register
6421 		 allocation issues; however experiments have shown that
6422 		 the vast majority of hoistable expressions are only movable
6423 		 from two successors, so raising this threshold is likely
6424 		 to nullify any benefit we get from code hoisting.  */
6425 	      if (hoistable > 1)
6426 		{
6427 		  SET_BIT (hoist_exprs[bb->index], i);
6428 		  found = 1;
6429 		}
6430 	    }
6431 	}
6432       /* If we found nothing to hoist, then quit now.  */
6433       if (! found)
6434         {
6435 	  free (domby);
6436 	continue;
6437 	}
6438 
6439       /* Loop over all the hoistable expressions.  */
6440       for (i = 0; i < hoist_exprs[bb->index]->n_bits; i++)
6441 	{
6442 	  /* We want to insert the expression into BB only once, so
6443 	     note when we've inserted it.  */
6444 	  insn_inserted_p = 0;
6445 
6446 	  /* These tests should be the same as the tests above.  */
6447 	  if (TEST_BIT (hoist_vbeout[bb->index], i))
6448 	    {
6449 	      /* We've found a potentially hoistable expression, now
6450 		 we look at every block BB dominates to see if it
6451 		 computes the expression.  */
6452 	      for (j = 0; j < domby_len; j++)
6453 		{
6454 		  dominated = domby[j];
6455 		  /* Ignore self dominance.  */
6456 		  if (bb == dominated)
6457 		    continue;
6458 
6459 		  /* We've found a dominated block, now see if it computes
6460 		     the busy expression and whether or not moving that
6461 		     expression to the "beginning" of that block is safe.  */
6462 		  if (!TEST_BIT (antloc[dominated->index], i))
6463 		    continue;
6464 
6465 		  /* The expression is computed in the dominated block and
6466 		     it would be safe to compute it at the start of the
6467 		     dominated block.  Now we have to determine if the
6468 		     expression would reach the dominated block if it was
6469 		     placed at the end of BB.  */
6470 		  if (hoist_expr_reaches_here_p (bb, i, dominated, NULL))
6471 		    {
6472 		      struct expr *expr = index_map[i];
6473 		      struct occr *occr = expr->antic_occr;
6474 		      rtx insn;
6475 		      rtx set;
6476 
6477 		      /* Find the right occurrence of this expression.  */
6478 		      while (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (occr->insn) != dominated && occr)
6479 			occr = occr->next;
6480 
6481 		      /* Should never happen.  */
6482 		      if (!occr)
6483 			abort ();
6484 
6485 		      insn = occr->insn;
6486 
6487 		      set = single_set (insn);
6488 		      if (! set)
6489 			abort ();
6490 
6491 		      /* Create a pseudo-reg to store the result of reaching
6492 			 expressions into.  Get the mode for the new pseudo
6493 			 from the mode of the original destination pseudo.  */
6494 		      if (expr->reaching_reg == NULL)
6495 			expr->reaching_reg
6496 			  = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)));
6497 
6498 		      gcse_emit_move_after (expr->reaching_reg, SET_DEST (set), insn);
6499 		      delete_insn (insn);
6500 		      occr->deleted_p = 1;
6501 		      if (!insn_inserted_p)
6502 			{
6503 			  insert_insn_end_bb (index_map[i], bb, 0);
6504 			  insn_inserted_p = 1;
6505 			}
6506 		    }
6507 		}
6508 	    }
6509 	}
6510       free (domby);
6511     }
6512 
6513   free (index_map);
6514 }
6515 
6516 /* Top level routine to perform one code hoisting (aka unification) pass
6517 
6518    Return nonzero if a change was made.  */
6519 
6520 static int
one_code_hoisting_pass(void)6521 one_code_hoisting_pass (void)
6522 {
6523   int changed = 0;
6524 
6525   alloc_hash_table (max_cuid, &expr_hash_table, 0);
6526   compute_hash_table (&expr_hash_table);
6527   if (gcse_file)
6528     dump_hash_table (gcse_file, "Code Hosting Expressions", &expr_hash_table);
6529 
6530   if (expr_hash_table.n_elems > 0)
6531     {
6532       alloc_code_hoist_mem (last_basic_block, expr_hash_table.n_elems);
6533       compute_code_hoist_data ();
6534       hoist_code ();
6535       free_code_hoist_mem ();
6536     }
6537 
6538   free_hash_table (&expr_hash_table);
6539 
6540   return changed;
6541 }
6542 
6543 /*  Here we provide the things required to do store motion towards
6544     the exit. In order for this to be effective, gcse also needed to
6545     be taught how to move a load when it is kill only by a store to itself.
6546 
6547 	    int i;
6548 	    float a[10];
6549 
6550 	    void foo(float scale)
6551 	    {
6552 	      for (i=0; i<10; i++)
6553 		a[i] *= scale;
6554 	    }
6555 
6556     'i' is both loaded and stored to in the loop. Normally, gcse cannot move
6557     the load out since its live around the loop, and stored at the bottom
6558     of the loop.
6559 
6560       The 'Load Motion' referred to and implemented in this file is
6561     an enhancement to gcse which when using edge based lcm, recognizes
6562     this situation and allows gcse to move the load out of the loop.
6563 
6564       Once gcse has hoisted the load, store motion can then push this
6565     load towards the exit, and we end up with no loads or stores of 'i'
6566     in the loop.  */
6567 
6568 /* This will search the ldst list for a matching expression. If it
6569    doesn't find one, we create one and initialize it.  */
6570 
6571 static struct ls_expr *
ldst_entry(rtx x)6572 ldst_entry (rtx x)
6573 {
6574   int do_not_record_p = 0;
6575   struct ls_expr * ptr;
6576   unsigned int hash;
6577 
6578   hash = hash_expr_1 (x, GET_MODE (x), & do_not_record_p);
6579 
6580   for (ptr = pre_ldst_mems; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
6581     if (ptr->hash_index == hash && expr_equiv_p (ptr->pattern, x))
6582       return ptr;
6583 
6584   ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (struct ls_expr));
6585 
6586   ptr->next         = pre_ldst_mems;
6587   ptr->expr         = NULL;
6588   ptr->pattern      = x;
6589   ptr->pattern_regs = NULL_RTX;
6590   ptr->loads        = NULL_RTX;
6591   ptr->stores       = NULL_RTX;
6592   ptr->reaching_reg = NULL_RTX;
6593   ptr->invalid      = 0;
6594   ptr->index        = 0;
6595   ptr->hash_index   = hash;
6596   pre_ldst_mems     = ptr;
6597 
6598   return ptr;
6599 }
6600 
6601 /* Free up an individual ldst entry.  */
6602 
6603 static void
free_ldst_entry(struct ls_expr * ptr)6604 free_ldst_entry (struct ls_expr * ptr)
6605 {
6606   free_INSN_LIST_list (& ptr->loads);
6607   free_INSN_LIST_list (& ptr->stores);
6608 
6609   free (ptr);
6610 }
6611 
6612 /* Free up all memory associated with the ldst list.  */
6613 
6614 static void
free_ldst_mems(void)6615 free_ldst_mems (void)
6616 {
6617   while (pre_ldst_mems)
6618     {
6619       struct ls_expr * tmp = pre_ldst_mems;
6620 
6621       pre_ldst_mems = pre_ldst_mems->next;
6622 
6623       free_ldst_entry (tmp);
6624     }
6625 
6626   pre_ldst_mems = NULL;
6627 }
6628 
6629 /* Dump debugging info about the ldst list.  */
6630 
6631 static void
print_ldst_list(FILE * file)6632 print_ldst_list (FILE * file)
6633 {
6634   struct ls_expr * ptr;
6635 
6636   fprintf (file, "LDST list: \n");
6637 
6638   for (ptr = first_ls_expr(); ptr != NULL; ptr = next_ls_expr (ptr))
6639     {
6640       fprintf (file, "  Pattern (%3d): ", ptr->index);
6641 
6642       print_rtl (file, ptr->pattern);
6643 
6644       fprintf (file, "\n	 Loads : ");
6645 
6646       if (ptr->loads)
6647 	print_rtl (file, ptr->loads);
6648       else
6649 	fprintf (file, "(nil)");
6650 
6651       fprintf (file, "\n	Stores : ");
6652 
6653       if (ptr->stores)
6654 	print_rtl (file, ptr->stores);
6655       else
6656 	fprintf (file, "(nil)");
6657 
6658       fprintf (file, "\n\n");
6659     }
6660 
6661   fprintf (file, "\n");
6662 }
6663 
6664 /* Returns 1 if X is in the list of ldst only expressions.  */
6665 
6666 static struct ls_expr *
find_rtx_in_ldst(rtx x)6667 find_rtx_in_ldst (rtx x)
6668 {
6669   struct ls_expr * ptr;
6670 
6671   for (ptr = pre_ldst_mems; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
6672     if (expr_equiv_p (ptr->pattern, x) && ! ptr->invalid)
6673       return ptr;
6674 
6675   return NULL;
6676 }
6677 
6678 /* Assign each element of the list of mems a monotonically increasing value.  */
6679 
6680 static int
enumerate_ldsts(void)6681 enumerate_ldsts (void)
6682 {
6683   struct ls_expr * ptr;
6684   int n = 0;
6685 
6686   for (ptr = pre_ldst_mems; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
6687     ptr->index = n++;
6688 
6689   return n;
6690 }
6691 
6692 /* Return first item in the list.  */
6693 
6694 static inline struct ls_expr *
first_ls_expr(void)6695 first_ls_expr (void)
6696 {
6697   return pre_ldst_mems;
6698 }
6699 
6700 /* Return the next item in the list after the specified one.  */
6701 
6702 static inline struct ls_expr *
next_ls_expr(struct ls_expr * ptr)6703 next_ls_expr (struct ls_expr * ptr)
6704 {
6705   return ptr->next;
6706 }
6707 
6708 /* Load Motion for loads which only kill themselves.  */
6709 
6710 /* Return true if x is a simple MEM operation, with no registers or
6711    side effects. These are the types of loads we consider for the
6712    ld_motion list, otherwise we let the usual aliasing take care of it.  */
6713 
6714 static int
simple_mem(rtx x)6715 simple_mem (rtx x)
6716 {
6717   if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
6718     return 0;
6719 
6720   if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
6721     return 0;
6722 
6723   if (GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode)
6724     return 0;
6725 
6726   /* If we are handling exceptions, we must be careful with memory references
6727      that may trap. If we are not, the behavior is undefined, so we may just
6728      continue.  */
6729   if (flag_non_call_exceptions && may_trap_p (x))
6730     return 0;
6731 
6732   if (side_effects_p (x))
6733     return 0;
6734 
6735   /* Do not consider function arguments passed on stack.  */
6736   if (reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, x))
6737     return 0;
6738 
6739   if (flag_float_store && FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
6740     return 0;
6741 
6742   return 1;
6743 }
6744 
6745 /* Make sure there isn't a buried reference in this pattern anywhere.
6746    If there is, invalidate the entry for it since we're not capable
6747    of fixing it up just yet.. We have to be sure we know about ALL
6748    loads since the aliasing code will allow all entries in the
6749    ld_motion list to not-alias itself.  If we miss a load, we will get
6750    the wrong value since gcse might common it and we won't know to
6751    fix it up.  */
6752 
6753 static void
invalidate_any_buried_refs(rtx x)6754 invalidate_any_buried_refs (rtx x)
6755 {
6756   const char * fmt;
6757   int i, j;
6758   struct ls_expr * ptr;
6759 
6760   /* Invalidate it in the list.  */
6761   if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && simple_mem (x))
6762     {
6763       ptr = ldst_entry (x);
6764       ptr->invalid = 1;
6765     }
6766 
6767   /* Recursively process the insn.  */
6768   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
6769 
6770   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
6771     {
6772       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
6773 	invalidate_any_buried_refs (XEXP (x, i));
6774       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
6775 	for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
6776 	  invalidate_any_buried_refs (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
6777     }
6778 }
6779 
6780 /* Find all the 'simple' MEMs which are used in LOADs and STORES.  Simple
6781    being defined as MEM loads and stores to symbols, with no side effects
6782    and no registers in the expression.  For a MEM destination, we also
6783    check that the insn is still valid if we replace the destination with a
6784    REG, as is done in update_ld_motion_stores.  If there are any uses/defs
6785    which don't match this criteria, they are invalidated and trimmed out
6786    later.  */
6787 
6788 static void
compute_ld_motion_mems(void)6789 compute_ld_motion_mems (void)
6790 {
6791   struct ls_expr * ptr;
6792   basic_block bb;
6793   rtx insn;
6794 
6795   pre_ldst_mems = NULL;
6796 
6797   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
6798     {
6799       for (insn = BB_HEAD (bb);
6800 	   insn && insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb));
6801 	   insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
6802 	{
6803 	  if (INSN_P (insn))
6804 	    {
6805 	      if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
6806 		{
6807 		  rtx src = SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn));
6808 		  rtx dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
6809 
6810 		  /* Check for a simple LOAD...  */
6811 		  if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM && simple_mem (src))
6812 		    {
6813 		      ptr = ldst_entry (src);
6814 		      if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
6815 			ptr->loads = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, ptr->loads);
6816 		      else
6817 			ptr->invalid = 1;
6818 		    }
6819 		  else
6820 		    {
6821 		      /* Make sure there isn't a buried load somewhere.  */
6822 		      invalidate_any_buried_refs (src);
6823 		    }
6824 
6825 		  /* Check for stores. Don't worry about aliased ones, they
6826 		     will block any movement we might do later. We only care
6827 		     about this exact pattern since those are the only
6828 		     circumstance that we will ignore the aliasing info.  */
6829 		  if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM && simple_mem (dest))
6830 		    {
6831 		      ptr = ldst_entry (dest);
6832 
6833 		      if (GET_CODE (src) != MEM
6834 			  && GET_CODE (src) != ASM_OPERANDS
6835 			  /* Check for REG manually since want_to_gcse_p
6836 			     returns 0 for all REGs.  */
6837 			  && (REG_P (src) || want_to_gcse_p (src)))
6838 			ptr->stores = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, ptr->stores);
6839 		      else
6840 			ptr->invalid = 1;
6841 		    }
6842 		}
6843 	      else
6844 		invalidate_any_buried_refs (PATTERN (insn));
6845 	    }
6846 	}
6847     }
6848 }
6849 
6850 /* Remove any references that have been either invalidated or are not in the
6851    expression list for pre gcse.  */
6852 
6853 static void
trim_ld_motion_mems(void)6854 trim_ld_motion_mems (void)
6855 {
6856   struct ls_expr * * last = & pre_ldst_mems;
6857   struct ls_expr * ptr = pre_ldst_mems;
6858 
6859   while (ptr != NULL)
6860     {
6861       struct expr * expr;
6862 
6863       /* Delete if entry has been made invalid.  */
6864       if (! ptr->invalid)
6865 	{
6866 	  /* Delete if we cannot find this mem in the expression list.  */
6867 	  unsigned int hash = ptr->hash_index % expr_hash_table.size;
6868 
6869 	  for (expr = expr_hash_table.table[hash];
6870 	       expr != NULL;
6871 	       expr = expr->next_same_hash)
6872 	    if (expr_equiv_p (expr->expr, ptr->pattern))
6873 	      break;
6874 	}
6875       else
6876 	expr = (struct expr *) 0;
6877 
6878       if (expr)
6879 	{
6880 	  /* Set the expression field if we are keeping it.  */
6881 	  ptr->expr = expr;
6882 	  last = & ptr->next;
6883 	  ptr = ptr->next;
6884 	}
6885       else
6886 	{
6887 	  *last = ptr->next;
6888 	  free_ldst_entry (ptr);
6889 	  ptr = * last;
6890 	}
6891     }
6892 
6893   /* Show the world what we've found.  */
6894   if (gcse_file && pre_ldst_mems != NULL)
6895     print_ldst_list (gcse_file);
6896 }
6897 
6898 /* This routine will take an expression which we are replacing with
6899    a reaching register, and update any stores that are needed if
6900    that expression is in the ld_motion list.  Stores are updated by
6901    copying their SRC to the reaching register, and then storing
6902    the reaching register into the store location. These keeps the
6903    correct value in the reaching register for the loads.  */
6904 
6905 static void
update_ld_motion_stores(struct expr * expr)6906 update_ld_motion_stores (struct expr * expr)
6907 {
6908   struct ls_expr * mem_ptr;
6909 
6910   if ((mem_ptr = find_rtx_in_ldst (expr->expr)))
6911     {
6912       /* We can try to find just the REACHED stores, but is shouldn't
6913 	 matter to set the reaching reg everywhere...  some might be
6914 	 dead and should be eliminated later.  */
6915 
6916       /* We replace (set mem expr) with (set reg expr) (set mem reg)
6917 	 where reg is the reaching reg used in the load.  We checked in
6918 	 compute_ld_motion_mems that we can replace (set mem expr) with
6919 	 (set reg expr) in that insn.  */
6920       rtx list = mem_ptr->stores;
6921 
6922       for ( ; list != NULL_RTX; list = XEXP (list, 1))
6923 	{
6924 	  rtx insn = XEXP (list, 0);
6925 	  rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
6926 	  rtx src = SET_SRC (pat);
6927 	  rtx reg = expr->reaching_reg;
6928 	  rtx copy, new;
6929 
6930 	  /* If we've already copied it, continue.  */
6931 	  if (expr->reaching_reg == src)
6932 	    continue;
6933 
6934 	  if (gcse_file)
6935 	    {
6936 	      fprintf (gcse_file, "PRE:  store updated with reaching reg ");
6937 	      print_rtl (gcse_file, expr->reaching_reg);
6938 	      fprintf (gcse_file, ":\n	");
6939 	      print_inline_rtx (gcse_file, insn, 8);
6940 	      fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
6941 	    }
6942 
6943 	  copy = gen_move_insn ( reg, copy_rtx (SET_SRC (pat)));
6944 	  new = emit_insn_before (copy, insn);
6945 	  record_one_set (REGNO (reg), new);
6946 	  SET_SRC (pat) = reg;
6947 
6948 	  /* un-recognize this pattern since it's probably different now.  */
6949 	  INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
6950 	  gcse_create_count++;
6951 	}
6952     }
6953 }
6954 
6955 /* Store motion code.  */
6956 
6957 #define ANTIC_STORE_LIST(x)		((x)->loads)
6958 #define AVAIL_STORE_LIST(x)		((x)->stores)
6959 #define LAST_AVAIL_CHECK_FAILURE(x)	((x)->reaching_reg)
6960 
6961 /* This is used to communicate the target bitvector we want to use in the
6962    reg_set_info routine when called via the note_stores mechanism.  */
6963 static int * regvec;
6964 
6965 /* And current insn, for the same routine.  */
6966 static rtx compute_store_table_current_insn;
6967 
6968 /* Used in computing the reverse edge graph bit vectors.  */
6969 static sbitmap * st_antloc;
6970 
6971 /* Global holding the number of store expressions we are dealing with.  */
6972 static int num_stores;
6973 
6974 /* Checks to set if we need to mark a register set.  Called from
6975    note_stores.  */
6976 
6977 static void
reg_set_info(rtx dest,rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,void * data)6978 reg_set_info (rtx dest, rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6979 	      void *data)
6980 {
6981   sbitmap bb_reg = data;
6982 
6983   if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG)
6984     dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);
6985 
6986   if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
6987     {
6988       regvec[REGNO (dest)] = INSN_UID (compute_store_table_current_insn);
6989       if (bb_reg)
6990 	SET_BIT (bb_reg, REGNO (dest));
6991     }
6992 }
6993 
6994 /* Clear any mark that says that this insn sets dest.  Called from
6995    note_stores.  */
6996 
6997 static void
reg_clear_last_set(rtx dest,rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,void * data)6998 reg_clear_last_set (rtx dest, rtx setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6999 	      void *data)
7000 {
7001   int *dead_vec = data;
7002 
7003   if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG)
7004     dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);
7005 
7006   if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG &&
7007       dead_vec[REGNO (dest)] == INSN_UID (compute_store_table_current_insn))
7008     dead_vec[REGNO (dest)] = 0;
7009 }
7010 
7011 /* Return zero if some of the registers in list X are killed
7012    due to set of registers in bitmap REGS_SET.  */
7013 
7014 static bool
store_ops_ok(rtx x,int * regs_set)7015 store_ops_ok (rtx x, int *regs_set)
7016 {
7017   rtx reg;
7018 
7019   for (; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
7020     {
7021       reg = XEXP (x, 0);
7022       if (regs_set[REGNO(reg)])
7023 	return false;
7024     }
7025 
7026   return true;
7027 }
7028 
7029 /* Returns a list of registers mentioned in X.  */
7030 static rtx
extract_mentioned_regs(rtx x)7031 extract_mentioned_regs (rtx x)
7032 {
7033   return extract_mentioned_regs_helper (x, NULL_RTX);
7034 }
7035 
7036 /* Helper for extract_mentioned_regs; ACCUM is used to accumulate used
7037    registers.  */
7038 static rtx
extract_mentioned_regs_helper(rtx x,rtx accum)7039 extract_mentioned_regs_helper (rtx x, rtx accum)
7040 {
7041   int i;
7042   enum rtx_code code;
7043   const char * fmt;
7044 
7045   /* Repeat is used to turn tail-recursion into iteration.  */
7046  repeat:
7047 
7048   if (x == 0)
7049     return accum;
7050 
7051   code = GET_CODE (x);
7052   switch (code)
7053     {
7054     case REG:
7055       return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, x, accum);
7056 
7057     case MEM:
7058       x = XEXP (x, 0);
7059       goto repeat;
7060 
7061     case PRE_DEC:
7062     case PRE_INC:
7063     case POST_DEC:
7064     case POST_INC:
7065       /* We do not run this function with arguments having side effects.  */
7066       abort ();
7067 
7068     case PC:
7069     case CC0: /*FIXME*/
7070     case CONST:
7071     case CONST_INT:
7072     case CONST_DOUBLE:
7073     case CONST_VECTOR:
7074     case SYMBOL_REF:
7075     case LABEL_REF:
7076     case ADDR_VEC:
7077     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
7078       return accum;
7079 
7080     default:
7081       break;
7082     }
7083 
7084   i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1;
7085   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
7086 
7087   for (; i >= 0; i--)
7088     {
7089       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
7090 	{
7091 	  rtx tem = XEXP (x, i);
7092 
7093 	  /* If we are about to do the last recursive call
7094 	     needed at this level, change it into iteration.  */
7095 	  if (i == 0)
7096 	    {
7097 	      x = tem;
7098 	      goto repeat;
7099 	    }
7100 
7101 	  accum = extract_mentioned_regs_helper (tem, accum);
7102 	}
7103       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
7104 	{
7105 	  int j;
7106 
7107 	  for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
7108 	    accum = extract_mentioned_regs_helper (XVECEXP (x, i, j), accum);
7109 	}
7110     }
7111 
7112   return accum;
7113 }
7114 
7115 /* Determine whether INSN is MEM store pattern that we will consider moving.
7116    REGS_SET_BEFORE is bitmap of registers set before (and including) the
7117    current insn, REGS_SET_AFTER is bitmap of registers set after (and
7118    including) the insn in this basic block.  We must be passing through BB from
7119    head to end, as we are using this fact to speed things up.
7120 
7121    The results are stored this way:
7122 
7123    -- the first anticipatable expression is added into ANTIC_STORE_LIST
7124    -- if the processed expression is not anticipatable, NULL_RTX is added
7125       there instead, so that we can use it as indicator that no further
7126       expression of this type may be anticipatable
7127    -- if the expression is available, it is added as head of AVAIL_STORE_LIST;
7128       consequently, all of them but this head are dead and may be deleted.
7129    -- if the expression is not available, the insn due to that it fails to be
7130       available is stored in reaching_reg.
7131 
7132    The things are complicated a bit by fact that there already may be stores
7133    to the same MEM from other blocks; also caller must take care of the
7134    necessary cleanup of the temporary markers after end of the basic block.
7135    */
7136 
7137 static void
find_moveable_store(rtx insn,int * regs_set_before,int * regs_set_after)7138 find_moveable_store (rtx insn, int *regs_set_before, int *regs_set_after)
7139 {
7140   struct ls_expr * ptr;
7141   rtx dest, set, tmp;
7142   int check_anticipatable, check_available;
7143   basic_block bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn);
7144 
7145   set = single_set (insn);
7146   if (!set)
7147     return;
7148 
7149   dest = SET_DEST (set);
7150 
7151   if (GET_CODE (dest) != MEM || MEM_VOLATILE_P (dest)
7152       || GET_MODE (dest) == BLKmode)
7153     return;
7154 
7155   if (side_effects_p (dest))
7156     return;
7157 
7158   /* If we are handling exceptions, we must be careful with memory references
7159      that may trap. If we are not, the behavior is undefined, so we may just
7160      continue.  */
7161   if (flag_non_call_exceptions && may_trap_p (dest))
7162     return;
7163 
7164   ptr = ldst_entry (dest);
7165   if (!ptr->pattern_regs)
7166     ptr->pattern_regs = extract_mentioned_regs (dest);
7167 
7168   /* Do not check for anticipatability if we either found one anticipatable
7169      store already, or tested for one and found out that it was killed.  */
7170   check_anticipatable = 0;
7171   if (!ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr))
7172     check_anticipatable = 1;
7173   else
7174     {
7175       tmp = XEXP (ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr), 0);
7176       if (tmp != NULL_RTX
7177 	  && BLOCK_FOR_INSN (tmp) != bb)
7178 	check_anticipatable = 1;
7179     }
7180   if (check_anticipatable)
7181     {
7182       if (store_killed_before (dest, ptr->pattern_regs, insn, bb, regs_set_before))
7183 	tmp = NULL_RTX;
7184       else
7185 	tmp = insn;
7186       ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr) = alloc_INSN_LIST (tmp,
7187 						ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr));
7188     }
7189 
7190   /* It is not necessary to check whether store is available if we did
7191      it successfully before; if we failed before, do not bother to check
7192      until we reach the insn that caused us to fail.  */
7193   check_available = 0;
7194   if (!AVAIL_STORE_LIST (ptr))
7195     check_available = 1;
7196   else
7197     {
7198       tmp = XEXP (AVAIL_STORE_LIST (ptr), 0);
7199       if (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (tmp) != bb)
7200 	check_available = 1;
7201     }
7202   if (check_available)
7203     {
7204       /* Check that we have already reached the insn at that the check
7205 	 failed last time.  */
7206       if (LAST_AVAIL_CHECK_FAILURE (ptr))
7207 	{
7208 	  for (tmp = BB_END (bb);
7209 	       tmp != insn && tmp != LAST_AVAIL_CHECK_FAILURE (ptr);
7210 	       tmp = PREV_INSN (tmp))
7211 	    continue;
7212 	  if (tmp == insn)
7213 	    check_available = 0;
7214 	}
7215       else
7216 	check_available = store_killed_after (dest, ptr->pattern_regs, insn,
7217 					      bb, regs_set_after,
7218 					      &LAST_AVAIL_CHECK_FAILURE (ptr));
7219     }
7220   if (!check_available)
7221     AVAIL_STORE_LIST (ptr) = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, AVAIL_STORE_LIST (ptr));
7222 }
7223 
7224 /* Find available and anticipatable stores.  */
7225 
7226 static int
compute_store_table(void)7227 compute_store_table (void)
7228 {
7229   int ret;
7230   basic_block bb;
7231   unsigned regno;
7232   rtx insn, pat, tmp;
7233   int *last_set_in, *already_set;
7234   struct ls_expr * ptr, **prev_next_ptr_ptr;
7235 
7236   max_gcse_regno = max_reg_num ();
7237 
7238   reg_set_in_block = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block,
7239 						       max_gcse_regno);
7240   sbitmap_vector_zero (reg_set_in_block, last_basic_block);
7241   pre_ldst_mems = 0;
7242   last_set_in = xcalloc (max_gcse_regno, sizeof (int));
7243   already_set = xmalloc (sizeof (int) * max_gcse_regno);
7244 
7245   /* Find all the stores we care about.  */
7246   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
7247     {
7248       /* First compute the registers set in this block.  */
7249       regvec = last_set_in;
7250 
7251       for (insn = BB_HEAD (bb);
7252 	   insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb));
7253 	   insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
7254 	{
7255 	  if (! INSN_P (insn))
7256 	    continue;
7257 
7258 	  if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
7259 	    {
7260 	      bool clobbers_all = false;
7261 #ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
7262 	      if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP
7263 		  && find_reg_note (insn, REG_SETJMP, NULL_RTX))
7264 		clobbers_all = true;
7265 #endif
7266 
7267 	      for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
7268 		if (clobbers_all
7269 		    || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, regno))
7270 		  {
7271 		    last_set_in[regno] = INSN_UID (insn);
7272 		    SET_BIT (reg_set_in_block[bb->index], regno);
7273 		  }
7274 	    }
7275 
7276 	  pat = PATTERN (insn);
7277 	  compute_store_table_current_insn = insn;
7278 	  note_stores (pat, reg_set_info, reg_set_in_block[bb->index]);
7279 	}
7280 
7281       /* Now find the stores.  */
7282       memset (already_set, 0, sizeof (int) * max_gcse_regno);
7283       regvec = already_set;
7284       for (insn = BB_HEAD (bb);
7285 	   insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb));
7286 	   insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
7287 	{
7288 	  if (! INSN_P (insn))
7289 	    continue;
7290 
7291 	  if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
7292 	    {
7293 	      bool clobbers_all = false;
7294 #ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
7295 	      if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP
7296 		  && find_reg_note (insn, REG_SETJMP, NULL_RTX))
7297 		clobbers_all = true;
7298 #endif
7299 
7300 	      for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
7301 		if (clobbers_all
7302 		    || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, regno))
7303 		  already_set[regno] = 1;
7304 	    }
7305 
7306 	  pat = PATTERN (insn);
7307 	  note_stores (pat, reg_set_info, NULL);
7308 
7309 	  /* Now that we've marked regs, look for stores.  */
7310 	  find_moveable_store (insn, already_set, last_set_in);
7311 
7312 	  /* Unmark regs that are no longer set.  */
7313 	  compute_store_table_current_insn = insn;
7314 	  note_stores (pat, reg_clear_last_set, last_set_in);
7315 	  if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
7316 	    {
7317 	      bool clobbers_all = false;
7318 #ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
7319 	      if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP
7320 		  && find_reg_note (insn, REG_SETJMP, NULL_RTX))
7321 		clobbers_all = true;
7322 #endif
7323 
7324 	      for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
7325 		if ((clobbers_all
7326 		     || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, regno))
7327 		    && last_set_in[regno] == INSN_UID (insn))
7328 		  last_set_in[regno] = 0;
7329 	    }
7330 	}
7331 
7332 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7333       /* last_set_in should now be all-zero.  */
7334       for (regno = 0; regno < max_gcse_regno; regno++)
7335 	if (last_set_in[regno] != 0)
7336 	  abort ();
7337 #endif
7338 
7339       /* Clear temporary marks.  */
7340       for (ptr = first_ls_expr (); ptr != NULL; ptr = next_ls_expr (ptr))
7341 	{
7342 	  LAST_AVAIL_CHECK_FAILURE(ptr) = NULL_RTX;
7343 	  if (ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr)
7344 	      && (tmp = XEXP (ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr), 0)) == NULL_RTX)
7345 	    ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr) = XEXP (ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr), 1);
7346 	}
7347     }
7348 
7349   /* Remove the stores that are not available anywhere, as there will
7350      be no opportunity to optimize them.  */
7351   for (ptr = pre_ldst_mems, prev_next_ptr_ptr = &pre_ldst_mems;
7352        ptr != NULL;
7353        ptr = *prev_next_ptr_ptr)
7354     {
7355       if (!AVAIL_STORE_LIST (ptr))
7356 	{
7357 	  *prev_next_ptr_ptr = ptr->next;
7358 	  free_ldst_entry (ptr);
7359 	}
7360       else
7361 	prev_next_ptr_ptr = &ptr->next;
7362     }
7363 
7364   ret = enumerate_ldsts ();
7365 
7366   if (gcse_file)
7367     {
7368       fprintf (gcse_file, "ST_avail and ST_antic (shown under loads..)\n");
7369       print_ldst_list (gcse_file);
7370     }
7371 
7372   free (last_set_in);
7373   free (already_set);
7374   return ret;
7375 }
7376 
7377 /* Check to see if the load X is aliased with STORE_PATTERN.
7378    AFTER is true if we are checking the case when STORE_PATTERN occurs
7379    after the X.  */
7380 
7381 static bool
load_kills_store(rtx x,rtx store_pattern,int after)7382 load_kills_store (rtx x, rtx store_pattern, int after)
7383 {
7384   if (after)
7385     return anti_dependence (x, store_pattern);
7386   else
7387     return true_dependence (store_pattern, GET_MODE (store_pattern), x,
7388 			    rtx_addr_varies_p);
7389 }
7390 
7391 /* Go through the entire insn X, looking for any loads which might alias
7392    STORE_PATTERN.  Return true if found.
7393    AFTER is true if we are checking the case when STORE_PATTERN occurs
7394    after the insn X.  */
7395 
7396 static bool
find_loads(rtx x,rtx store_pattern,int after)7397 find_loads (rtx x, rtx store_pattern, int after)
7398 {
7399   const char * fmt;
7400   int i, j;
7401   int ret = false;
7402 
7403   if (!x)
7404     return false;
7405 
7406   if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
7407     x = SET_SRC (x);
7408 
7409   if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
7410     {
7411       if (load_kills_store (x, store_pattern, after))
7412 	return true;
7413     }
7414 
7415   /* Recursively process the insn.  */
7416   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
7417 
7418   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0 && !ret; i--)
7419     {
7420       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
7421 	ret |= find_loads (XEXP (x, i), store_pattern, after);
7422       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
7423 	for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7424 	  ret |= find_loads (XVECEXP (x, i, j), store_pattern, after);
7425     }
7426   return ret;
7427 }
7428 
7429 /* Check if INSN kills the store pattern X (is aliased with it).
7430    AFTER is true if we are checking the case when store X occurs
7431    after the insn.  Return true if it it does.  */
7432 
7433 static bool
store_killed_in_insn(rtx x,rtx x_regs,rtx insn,int after)7434 store_killed_in_insn (rtx x, rtx x_regs, rtx insn, int after)
7435 {
7436   rtx reg, base, note;
7437 
7438   if (!INSN_P (insn))
7439     return false;
7440 
7441   if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
7442     {
7443       /* A normal or pure call might read from pattern,
7444 	 but a const call will not.  */
7445       if (! CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn) || pure_call_p (insn))
7446 	return true;
7447 
7448       /* But even a const call reads its parameters.  Check whether the
7449 	 base of some of registers used in mem is stack pointer.  */
7450       for (reg = x_regs; reg; reg = XEXP (reg, 1))
7451 	{
7452 	  base = find_base_term (XEXP (reg, 0));
7453 	  if (!base
7454 	      || (GET_CODE (base) == ADDRESS
7455 		  && GET_MODE (base) == Pmode
7456 		  && XEXP (base, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx))
7457 	    return true;
7458 	}
7459 
7460       return false;
7461     }
7462 
7463   if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
7464     {
7465       rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
7466       rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat);
7467 
7468       if (GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
7469 	  || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
7470 	dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
7471 
7472       /* Check for memory stores to aliased objects.  */
7473       if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM
7474 	  && !expr_equiv_p (dest, x))
7475 	{
7476 	  if (after)
7477 	    {
7478 	      if (output_dependence (dest, x))
7479 		return true;
7480 	    }
7481 	  else
7482 	    {
7483 	      if (output_dependence (x, dest))
7484 		return true;
7485 	    }
7486 	}
7487       if (find_loads (SET_SRC (pat), x, after))
7488 	return true;
7489     }
7490   else if (find_loads (PATTERN (insn), x, after))
7491     return true;
7492 
7493   /* If this insn has a REG_EQUAL or REG_EQUIV note referencing a memory
7494      location aliased with X, then this insn kills X.  */
7495   note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
7496   if (! note)
7497     return false;
7498   note = XEXP (note, 0);
7499 
7500   /* However, if the note represents a must alias rather than a may
7501      alias relationship, then it does not kill X.  */
7502   if (expr_equiv_p (note, x))
7503     return false;
7504 
7505   /* See if there are any aliased loads in the note.  */
7506   return find_loads (note, x, after);
7507 }
7508 
7509 /* Returns true if the expression X is loaded or clobbered on or after INSN
7510    within basic block BB.  REGS_SET_AFTER is bitmap of registers set in
7511    or after the insn.  X_REGS is list of registers mentioned in X. If the store
7512    is killed, return the last insn in that it occurs in FAIL_INSN.  */
7513 
7514 static bool
store_killed_after(rtx x,rtx x_regs,rtx insn,basic_block bb,int * regs_set_after,rtx * fail_insn)7515 store_killed_after (rtx x, rtx x_regs, rtx insn, basic_block bb,
7516 		    int *regs_set_after, rtx *fail_insn)
7517 {
7518   rtx last = BB_END (bb), act;
7519 
7520   if (!store_ops_ok (x_regs, regs_set_after))
7521     {
7522       /* We do not know where it will happen.  */
7523       if (fail_insn)
7524 	*fail_insn = NULL_RTX;
7525       return true;
7526     }
7527 
7528   /* Scan from the end, so that fail_insn is determined correctly.  */
7529   for (act = last; act != PREV_INSN (insn); act = PREV_INSN (act))
7530     if (store_killed_in_insn (x, x_regs, act, false))
7531       {
7532 	if (fail_insn)
7533 	  *fail_insn = act;
7534 	return true;
7535       }
7536 
7537   return false;
7538 }
7539 
7540 /* Returns true if the expression X is loaded or clobbered on or before INSN
7541    within basic block BB. X_REGS is list of registers mentioned in X.
7542    REGS_SET_BEFORE is bitmap of registers set before or in this insn.  */
7543 static bool
store_killed_before(rtx x,rtx x_regs,rtx insn,basic_block bb,int * regs_set_before)7544 store_killed_before (rtx x, rtx x_regs, rtx insn, basic_block bb,
7545 		     int *regs_set_before)
7546 {
7547   rtx first = BB_HEAD (bb);
7548 
7549   if (!store_ops_ok (x_regs, regs_set_before))
7550     return true;
7551 
7552   for ( ; insn != PREV_INSN (first); insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
7553     if (store_killed_in_insn (x, x_regs, insn, true))
7554       return true;
7555 
7556   return false;
7557 }
7558 
7559 /* Fill in available, anticipatable, transparent and kill vectors in
7560    STORE_DATA, based on lists of available and anticipatable stores.  */
7561 static void
build_store_vectors(void)7562 build_store_vectors (void)
7563 {
7564   basic_block bb;
7565   int *regs_set_in_block;
7566   rtx insn, st;
7567   struct ls_expr * ptr;
7568   unsigned regno;
7569 
7570   /* Build the gen_vector. This is any store in the table which is not killed
7571      by aliasing later in its block.  */
7572   ae_gen = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, num_stores);
7573   sbitmap_vector_zero (ae_gen, last_basic_block);
7574 
7575   st_antloc = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, num_stores);
7576   sbitmap_vector_zero (st_antloc, last_basic_block);
7577 
7578   for (ptr = first_ls_expr (); ptr != NULL; ptr = next_ls_expr (ptr))
7579     {
7580       for (st = AVAIL_STORE_LIST (ptr); st != NULL; st = XEXP (st, 1))
7581 	{
7582 	  insn = XEXP (st, 0);
7583 	  bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn);
7584 
7585 	  /* If we've already seen an available expression in this block,
7586 	     we can delete this one (It occurs earlier in the block). We'll
7587 	     copy the SRC expression to an unused register in case there
7588 	     are any side effects.  */
7589 	  if (TEST_BIT (ae_gen[bb->index], ptr->index))
7590 	    {
7591 	      rtx r = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (ptr->pattern));
7592 	      if (gcse_file)
7593 		fprintf (gcse_file, "Removing redundant store:\n");
7594 	      replace_store_insn (r, XEXP (st, 0), bb, ptr);
7595 	      continue;
7596 	    }
7597 	  SET_BIT (ae_gen[bb->index], ptr->index);
7598 	}
7599 
7600       for (st = ANTIC_STORE_LIST (ptr); st != NULL; st = XEXP (st, 1))
7601 	{
7602 	  insn = XEXP (st, 0);
7603 	  bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn);
7604 	  SET_BIT (st_antloc[bb->index], ptr->index);
7605 	}
7606     }
7607 
7608   ae_kill = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, num_stores);
7609   sbitmap_vector_zero (ae_kill, last_basic_block);
7610 
7611   transp = sbitmap_vector_alloc (last_basic_block, num_stores);
7612   sbitmap_vector_zero (transp, last_basic_block);
7613   regs_set_in_block = xmalloc (sizeof (int) * max_gcse_regno);
7614 
7615   FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
7616     {
7617       for (regno = 0; regno < max_gcse_regno; regno++)
7618 	regs_set_in_block[regno] = TEST_BIT (reg_set_in_block[bb->index], regno);
7619 
7620       for (ptr = first_ls_expr (); ptr != NULL; ptr = next_ls_expr (ptr))
7621 	{
7622 	  if (store_killed_after (ptr->pattern, ptr->pattern_regs, BB_HEAD (bb),
7623 				  bb, regs_set_in_block, NULL))
7624 	    {
7625 	      /* It should not be necessary to consider the expression
7626 		 killed if it is both anticipatable and available.  */
7627 	      if (!TEST_BIT (st_antloc[bb->index], ptr->index)
7628 		  || !TEST_BIT (ae_gen[bb->index], ptr->index))
7629 		SET_BIT (ae_kill[bb->index], ptr->index);
7630 	    }
7631 	  else
7632 	    SET_BIT (transp[bb->index], ptr->index);
7633 	}
7634     }
7635 
7636   free (regs_set_in_block);
7637 
7638   if (gcse_file)
7639     {
7640       dump_sbitmap_vector (gcse_file, "st_antloc", "", st_antloc, last_basic_block);
7641       dump_sbitmap_vector (gcse_file, "st_kill", "", ae_kill, last_basic_block);
7642       dump_sbitmap_vector (gcse_file, "Transpt", "", transp, last_basic_block);
7643       dump_sbitmap_vector (gcse_file, "st_avloc", "", ae_gen, last_basic_block);
7644     }
7645 }
7646 
7647 /* Insert an instruction at the beginning of a basic block, and update
7648    the BB_HEAD if needed.  */
7649 
7650 static void
insert_insn_start_bb(rtx insn,basic_block bb)7651 insert_insn_start_bb (rtx insn, basic_block bb)
7652 {
7653   /* Insert at start of successor block.  */
7654   rtx prev = PREV_INSN (BB_HEAD (bb));
7655   rtx before = BB_HEAD (bb);
7656   while (before != 0)
7657     {
7658       if (GET_CODE (before) != CODE_LABEL
7659 	  && (GET_CODE (before) != NOTE
7660 	      || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (before) != NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK))
7661 	break;
7662       prev = before;
7663       if (prev == BB_END (bb))
7664 	break;
7665       before = NEXT_INSN (before);
7666     }
7667 
7668   insn = emit_insn_after_noloc (insn, prev);
7669 
7670   if (gcse_file)
7671     {
7672       fprintf (gcse_file, "STORE_MOTION  insert store at start of BB %d:\n",
7673 	       bb->index);
7674       print_inline_rtx (gcse_file, insn, 6);
7675       fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
7676     }
7677 }
7678 
7679 /* This routine will insert a store on an edge. EXPR is the ldst entry for
7680    the memory reference, and E is the edge to insert it on.  Returns nonzero
7681    if an edge insertion was performed.  */
7682 
7683 static int
insert_store(struct ls_expr * expr,edge e)7684 insert_store (struct ls_expr * expr, edge e)
7685 {
7686   rtx reg, insn;
7687   basic_block bb;
7688   edge tmp;
7689 
7690   /* We did all the deleted before this insert, so if we didn't delete a
7691      store, then we haven't set the reaching reg yet either.  */
7692   if (expr->reaching_reg == NULL_RTX)
7693     return 0;
7694 
7695   if (e->flags & EDGE_FAKE)
7696     return 0;
7697 
7698   reg = expr->reaching_reg;
7699   insn = gen_move_insn (copy_rtx (expr->pattern), reg);
7700 
7701   /* If we are inserting this expression on ALL predecessor edges of a BB,
7702      insert it at the start of the BB, and reset the insert bits on the other
7703      edges so we don't try to insert it on the other edges.  */
7704   bb = e->dest;
7705   for (tmp = e->dest->pred; tmp ; tmp = tmp->pred_next)
7706     if (!(tmp->flags & EDGE_FAKE))
7707       {
7708 	int index = EDGE_INDEX (edge_list, tmp->src, tmp->dest);
7709 	if (index == EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE)
7710 	  abort ();
7711 	if (! TEST_BIT (pre_insert_map[index], expr->index))
7712 	  break;
7713       }
7714 
7715   /* If tmp is NULL, we found an insertion on every edge, blank the
7716      insertion vector for these edges, and insert at the start of the BB.  */
7717   if (!tmp && bb != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
7718     {
7719       for (tmp = e->dest->pred; tmp ; tmp = tmp->pred_next)
7720 	{
7721 	  int index = EDGE_INDEX (edge_list, tmp->src, tmp->dest);
7722 	  RESET_BIT (pre_insert_map[index], expr->index);
7723 	}
7724       insert_insn_start_bb (insn, bb);
7725       return 0;
7726     }
7727 
7728   /* We can't insert on this edge, so we'll insert at the head of the
7729      successors block.  See Morgan, sec 10.5.  */
7730   if ((e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL) == EDGE_ABNORMAL)
7731     {
7732       insert_insn_start_bb (insn, bb);
7733       return 0;
7734     }
7735 
7736   insert_insn_on_edge (insn, e);
7737 
7738   if (gcse_file)
7739     {
7740       fprintf (gcse_file, "STORE_MOTION  insert insn on edge (%d, %d):\n",
7741 	       e->src->index, e->dest->index);
7742       print_inline_rtx (gcse_file, insn, 6);
7743       fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
7744     }
7745 
7746   return 1;
7747 }
7748 
7749 /* Remove any REG_EQUAL or REG_EQUIV notes containing a reference to the
7750    memory location in SMEXPR set in basic block BB.
7751 
7752    This could be rather expensive.  */
7753 
7754 static void
remove_reachable_equiv_notes(basic_block bb,struct ls_expr * smexpr)7755 remove_reachable_equiv_notes (basic_block bb, struct ls_expr *smexpr)
7756 {
7757   edge *stack = xmalloc (sizeof (edge) * n_basic_blocks), act;
7758   sbitmap visited = sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block);
7759   int stack_top = 0;
7760   rtx last, insn, note;
7761   rtx mem = smexpr->pattern;
7762 
7763   sbitmap_zero (visited);
7764   act = bb->succ;
7765 
7766   while (1)
7767     {
7768       if (!act)
7769 	{
7770 	  if (!stack_top)
7771 	    {
7772 	      free (stack);
7773 	      sbitmap_free (visited);
7774 	      return;
7775 	    }
7776 	  act = stack[--stack_top];
7777 	}
7778       bb = act->dest;
7779 
7780       /* We used to continue the loop without scanning this block if the
7781 	 store expression was killed in this block.  That is wrong as
7782 	 we could have had a REG_EQUAL note with the store expression
7783 	 appear in the block before the insn which killed the store
7784 	 expression and that REG_EQUAL note needs to be removed as it
7785 	 is invalid.  */
7786       if (bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
7787 	  || TEST_BIT (visited, bb->index))
7788 	{
7789 	  act = act->succ_next;
7790 	  continue;
7791 	}
7792       SET_BIT (visited, bb->index);
7793 
7794       if (TEST_BIT (st_antloc[bb->index], smexpr->index))
7795 	{
7796 	  for (last = ANTIC_STORE_LIST (smexpr);
7797 	       BLOCK_FOR_INSN (XEXP (last, 0)) != bb;
7798 	       last = XEXP (last, 1))
7799 	    continue;
7800 	  last = XEXP (last, 0);
7801 	}
7802       else
7803 	last = NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb));
7804 
7805       for (insn = BB_HEAD (bb); insn != last; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
7806 	if (INSN_P (insn))
7807 	  {
7808 	    note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
7809 	    if (!note || !expr_equiv_p (XEXP (note, 0), mem))
7810 	      continue;
7811 
7812 	    if (gcse_file)
7813 	      fprintf (gcse_file, "STORE_MOTION  drop REG_EQUAL note at insn %d:\n",
7814 		       INSN_UID (insn));
7815 	    remove_note (insn, note);
7816 	  }
7817       act = act->succ_next;
7818       if (bb->succ)
7819 	{
7820 	  if (act)
7821 	    stack[stack_top++] = act;
7822 	  act = bb->succ;
7823 	}
7824     }
7825 }
7826 
7827 /* This routine will replace a store with a SET to a specified register.  */
7828 
7829 static void
replace_store_insn(rtx reg,rtx del,basic_block bb,struct ls_expr * smexpr)7830 replace_store_insn (rtx reg, rtx del, basic_block bb, struct ls_expr *smexpr)
7831 {
7832   rtx insn, mem, note, set, ptr, pair;
7833 
7834   mem = smexpr->pattern;
7835   insn = gen_move_insn (reg, SET_SRC (single_set (del)));
7836   insn = emit_insn_after (insn, del);
7837 
7838   if (gcse_file)
7839     {
7840       fprintf (gcse_file,
7841 	       "STORE_MOTION  delete insn in BB %d:\n      ", bb->index);
7842       print_inline_rtx (gcse_file, del, 6);
7843       fprintf (gcse_file, "\nSTORE MOTION  replaced with insn:\n      ");
7844       print_inline_rtx (gcse_file, insn, 6);
7845       fprintf (gcse_file, "\n");
7846     }
7847 
7848   for (ptr = ANTIC_STORE_LIST (smexpr); ptr; ptr = XEXP (ptr, 1))
7849     if (XEXP (ptr, 0) == del)
7850       {
7851 	XEXP (ptr, 0) = insn;
7852 	break;
7853       }
7854 
7855   /* Move the notes from the deleted insn to its replacement, and patch
7856      up the LIBCALL notes.  */
7857   REG_NOTES (insn) = REG_NOTES (del);
7858 
7859   note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
7860   if (note)
7861     {
7862       pair = XEXP (note, 0);
7863       note = find_reg_note (pair, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX);
7864       XEXP (note, 0) = insn;
7865     }
7866   note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX);
7867   if (note)
7868     {
7869       pair = XEXP (note, 0);
7870       note = find_reg_note (pair, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
7871       XEXP (note, 0) = insn;
7872     }
7873 
7874   delete_insn (del);
7875 
7876   /* Now we must handle REG_EQUAL notes whose contents is equal to the mem;
7877      they are no longer accurate provided that they are reached by this
7878      definition, so drop them.  */
7879   for (; insn != NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb)); insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
7880     if (INSN_P (insn))
7881       {
7882 	set = single_set (insn);
7883 	if (!set)
7884 	  continue;
7885 	if (expr_equiv_p (SET_DEST (set), mem))
7886 	  return;
7887 	note = find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn);
7888 	if (!note || !expr_equiv_p (XEXP (note, 0), mem))
7889 	  continue;
7890 
7891 	if (gcse_file)
7892 	  fprintf (gcse_file, "STORE_MOTION  drop REG_EQUAL note at insn %d:\n",
7893 		   INSN_UID (insn));
7894 	remove_note (insn, note);
7895       }
7896   remove_reachable_equiv_notes (bb, smexpr);
7897 }
7898 
7899 
7900 /* Delete a store, but copy the value that would have been stored into
7901    the reaching_reg for later storing.  */
7902 
7903 static void
delete_store(struct ls_expr * expr,basic_block bb)7904 delete_store (struct ls_expr * expr, basic_block bb)
7905 {
7906   rtx reg, i, del;
7907 
7908   if (expr->reaching_reg == NULL_RTX)
7909     expr->reaching_reg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (expr->pattern));
7910 
7911   reg = expr->reaching_reg;
7912 
7913   for (i = AVAIL_STORE_LIST (expr); i; i = XEXP (i, 1))
7914     {
7915       del = XEXP (i, 0);
7916       if (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (del) == bb)
7917 	{
7918 	  /* We know there is only one since we deleted redundant
7919 	     ones during the available computation.  */
7920 	  replace_store_insn (reg, del, bb, expr);
7921 	  break;
7922 	}
7923     }
7924 }
7925 
7926 /* Free memory used by store motion.  */
7927 
7928 static void
free_store_memory(void)7929 free_store_memory (void)
7930 {
7931   free_ldst_mems ();
7932 
7933   if (ae_gen)
7934     sbitmap_vector_free (ae_gen);
7935   if (ae_kill)
7936     sbitmap_vector_free (ae_kill);
7937   if (transp)
7938     sbitmap_vector_free (transp);
7939   if (st_antloc)
7940     sbitmap_vector_free (st_antloc);
7941   if (pre_insert_map)
7942     sbitmap_vector_free (pre_insert_map);
7943   if (pre_delete_map)
7944     sbitmap_vector_free (pre_delete_map);
7945   if (reg_set_in_block)
7946     sbitmap_vector_free (reg_set_in_block);
7947 
7948   ae_gen = ae_kill = transp = st_antloc = NULL;
7949   pre_insert_map = pre_delete_map = reg_set_in_block = NULL;
7950 }
7951 
7952 /* Perform store motion. Much like gcse, except we move expressions the
7953    other way by looking at the flowgraph in reverse.  */
7954 
7955 static void
store_motion(void)7956 store_motion (void)
7957 {
7958   basic_block bb;
7959   int x;
7960   struct ls_expr * ptr;
7961   int update_flow = 0;
7962 
7963   if (gcse_file)
7964     {
7965       fprintf (gcse_file, "before store motion\n");
7966       print_rtl (gcse_file, get_insns ());
7967     }
7968 
7969   init_alias_analysis ();
7970 
7971   /* Find all the available and anticipatable stores.  */
7972   num_stores = compute_store_table ();
7973   if (num_stores == 0)
7974     {
7975       sbitmap_vector_free (reg_set_in_block);
7976       end_alias_analysis ();
7977       return;
7978     }
7979 
7980   /* Now compute kill & transp vectors.  */
7981   build_store_vectors ();
7982   add_noreturn_fake_exit_edges ();
7983   connect_infinite_loops_to_exit ();
7984 
7985   edge_list = pre_edge_rev_lcm (gcse_file, num_stores, transp, ae_gen,
7986 				st_antloc, ae_kill, &pre_insert_map,
7987 				&pre_delete_map);
7988 
7989   /* Now we want to insert the new stores which are going to be needed.  */
7990   for (ptr = first_ls_expr (); ptr != NULL; ptr = next_ls_expr (ptr))
7991     {
7992       FOR_EACH_BB (bb)
7993 	if (TEST_BIT (pre_delete_map[bb->index], ptr->index))
7994 	  delete_store (ptr, bb);
7995 
7996       for (x = 0; x < NUM_EDGES (edge_list); x++)
7997 	if (TEST_BIT (pre_insert_map[x], ptr->index))
7998 	  update_flow |= insert_store (ptr, INDEX_EDGE (edge_list, x));
7999     }
8000 
8001   if (update_flow)
8002     commit_edge_insertions ();
8003 
8004   free_store_memory ();
8005   free_edge_list (edge_list);
8006   remove_fake_edges ();
8007   end_alias_analysis ();
8008 }
8009 
8010 
8011 /* Entry point for jump bypassing optimization pass.  */
8012 
8013 int
bypass_jumps(FILE * file)8014 bypass_jumps (FILE *file)
8015 {
8016   int changed;
8017 
8018   /* We do not construct an accurate cfg in functions which call
8019      setjmp, so just punt to be safe.  */
8020   if (current_function_calls_setjmp)
8021     return 0;
8022 
8023   /* For calling dump_foo fns from gdb.  */
8024   debug_stderr = stderr;
8025   gcse_file = file;
8026 
8027   /* Identify the basic block information for this function, including
8028      successors and predecessors.  */
8029   max_gcse_regno = max_reg_num ();
8030 
8031   if (file)
8032     dump_flow_info (file);
8033 
8034   /* Return if there's nothing to do, or it is too expensive.  */
8035   if (n_basic_blocks <= 1 || is_too_expensive (_ ("jump bypassing disabled")))
8036     return 0;
8037 
8038   gcc_obstack_init (&gcse_obstack);
8039   bytes_used = 0;
8040 
8041   /* We need alias.  */
8042   init_alias_analysis ();
8043 
8044   /* Record where pseudo-registers are set.  This data is kept accurate
8045      during each pass.  ??? We could also record hard-reg information here
8046      [since it's unchanging], however it is currently done during hash table
8047      computation.
8048 
8049      It may be tempting to compute MEM set information here too, but MEM sets
8050      will be subject to code motion one day and thus we need to compute
8051      information about memory sets when we build the hash tables.  */
8052 
8053   alloc_reg_set_mem (max_gcse_regno);
8054   compute_sets (get_insns ());
8055 
8056   max_gcse_regno = max_reg_num ();
8057   alloc_gcse_mem (get_insns ());
8058   changed = one_cprop_pass (1, 1, 1);
8059   free_gcse_mem ();
8060 
8061   if (file)
8062     {
8063       fprintf (file, "BYPASS of %s: %d basic blocks, ",
8064 	       current_function_name (), n_basic_blocks);
8065       fprintf (file, "%d bytes\n\n", bytes_used);
8066     }
8067 
8068   obstack_free (&gcse_obstack, NULL);
8069   free_reg_set_mem ();
8070 
8071   /* We are finished with alias.  */
8072   end_alias_analysis ();
8073   allocate_reg_info (max_reg_num (), FALSE, FALSE);
8074 
8075   return changed;
8076 }
8077 
8078 /* Return true if the graph is too expensive to optimize. PASS is the
8079    optimization about to be performed.  */
8080 
8081 static bool
is_too_expensive(const char * pass)8082 is_too_expensive (const char *pass)
8083 {
8084   /* Trying to perform global optimizations on flow graphs which have
8085      a high connectivity will take a long time and is unlikely to be
8086      particularly useful.
8087 
8088      In normal circumstances a cfg should have about twice as many
8089      edges as blocks.  But we do not want to punish small functions
8090      which have a couple switch statements.  Rather than simply
8091      threshold the number of blocks, uses something with a more
8092      graceful degradation.  */
8093   if (n_edges > 20000 + n_basic_blocks * 4)
8094     {
8095       if (warn_disabled_optimization)
8096 	warning ("%s: %d basic blocks and %d edges/basic block",
8097 		 pass, n_basic_blocks, n_edges / n_basic_blocks);
8098 
8099       return true;
8100     }
8101 
8102   /* If allocating memory for the cprop bitmap would take up too much
8103      storage it's better just to disable the optimization.  */
8104   if ((n_basic_blocks
8105        * SBITMAP_SET_SIZE (max_reg_num ())
8106        * sizeof (SBITMAP_ELT_TYPE)) > MAX_GCSE_MEMORY)
8107     {
8108       if (warn_disabled_optimization)
8109 	warning ("%s: %d basic blocks and %d registers",
8110 		 pass, n_basic_blocks, max_reg_num ());
8111 
8112       return true;
8113     }
8114 
8115   return false;
8116 }
8117 
8118 #include "gt-gcse.h"
8119